'Ai/Jy ./^V UlBRARYO/ CONGRESS.! t ^%\^r* [ — t ^hHjj. .Lr.... |op,m9ht |» I I UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. | XT ^^^n^^^ VALUABLE INFORMATION. /^ ^^ BY M 'LAP^AYETTE l^YRN, M. D., Graduate of the University of the City of New York, Autlior of "Mystery of Medicine Explained/' "Poisons^ in our Food/^ etc. , ,. ,^ PUBEISIIED BY M. LAFAYETTE BYRN, M. D., No. 80 Cedar Street, 1872. "0^ Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1872, bj M. Lafayette Byrn, M.D., In the Ofiice of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. PREFATORY. Every oue who reads this volume may well be led to say it is a " strange Book " in its combina- tion, of many subjects of much value in a small ^ace, and at a remarkably small price. Of the valae of a good receipt book, none can tell until they have one and lose it and then not be able to get another ; such a receipt book is the one now offered to the public. Besides its value as a re- ceipt book, it contains information on a vaiioty of other subjects of great importance, which must be read to be fully appreciated. It is hoped that this little work may be the means of impart- ing knowledge which may be a blessing to those who read its paj^es. M. L. a New York, 187a IIMBLE mPES. Court Plaster. — Court Plaster is made by repeatedly crushing over stretched sarceuet with a solution of 1 part of isinglass in 8 of water mixed with 8 parts of |.roof spirit, and finishing with a coat of tincture of bea- coin, or of balsam of Peru. Eye Water. — Extract of lead 2 dr., wine of digitalk 2 dr., tincture ot opium 2 dr., water a pint. Godfrey's Cordial.— The Philadelphia College of risarmacy, to prevent the mischief arising Irom the dif* ferent strengths of this compound, directs it to be pre- pared as follows : — Dissolve 2^ oz. of ct. oonate of pot- ash in 26 pints of water, add 16 pints of treacle, heat together over a gentle fire till they simmer, remove the Bcum, and, when sufficiently cool, add ^ oz. of oil of sas- safras dissolved in tAvo pints of rectified spirit, and 24 fluid ounces of tincture of opium previously mixed. The old wine measure is here intended. It contains about .16 minims of laudanum, or rather more than 1 gr. of opium in each fluid ounce. Godfrey's Smellix« Salts. — Dr. Paj-is says it is pre- pared by resubliming volatile salts with subcarbonate of potash and a little spirit of winet It is usually scented «Yith an alcohoVIc solucion of essential oils. -^ Stoughton's Elixir. — ^Gentian 36 oz., serpentary IQ oz., dried orange peel 24 oz., calamus aromaticus 4 oz., roctified spirit, and water, of each 6 galls., old measure. Swain's Vermifuge.— ^Yorm seed 2 oz., valerian, rhu- barb, pink root, white agaric, of each I^ oz. ; boil in BuBScient water to yield 3 quarts of decoction, and add to it 30 drops of oil of tansy, and 45 drops of oil ol cloves, dissolved in a quart of rectified spirit. Dr. Latham's Cough Linctus. — Dover's powder J dr., c<3nipound powder of tragacanth 2 dr., syrup of lolu J oz.. confection of hips, and simple oxymel, of each 1 os. ; a teaspoonful 3 or 4 times a day. Cure for Piles. — Powdered nut-gall 2 dr., camphoff 1 dr., melted wax 1 oz., tincture of opium 2 dr. Mix. Morrison's Piixs. — Consist of 2 parts of gamboge, 9 of aloes, 1 of colocynth, and 4 of cream of tartar ; ld^ tato pills with sjrrup. T.A.I.UlBfiB RECrPEa'. Calico Printers* Fast Dyes. Dte Stcfps used by the Calico Printers for pro- vViciHg fast colors. The mordants are tbickcQcd -'ith gum, or calcined starch, when applied with th« Llock. rijlier. plate-^ or pencil. Black — The cloth is impregnated with acetate of Eon, (iron liquor,) and dyed in a bath of raaddei Ik id logwood. Purple — The preceding mordant of iron, diluted ; wth the same dyeing bath. Crimson — The mordant for purple, united with a pt-rtion of acetate of alumina, or red mordant, and tili above bath. Red — ^Acetate of alumina is the mordant, and midder is the dye-stuff. Pale Red of ditfereat shades — The preceding mor dt.Qt, diluted wiih water, and a weak madder bath. Srowa oi- Pompadour — A mixed mordant, contain- in^' a somewhat larger proportion of the red than of the black, and the dye of madder. Orange — The red mordant ; and a bath, first of mtdder, and then of quercitron. fellow — A strong red mordant ; and the quer- cii ron bath, whose temperature should be considf^r ably under the boiling point of water. [Blue— Indigo, rendered soluble and greenish-yel lov/ colored, by potash and orpiment. It recovers its blue color by exposure to air, and thereby also fixtfi firmly on the cloth. An indigo vat is al»© made, with that blue substance diffused in water wim quick-lime and copperas. Thase subatancea are supposed to deoxidize indigo, and at the sama tioit' to render it soluble. (iolden-dyo — The cloth is immersed alternatoiy if a solution of copperas and lime-water. The proto.T- ide of iron precipitated on the fibre, soon passes, by absorption of atmospherical oxygen, into the golden* colored deutoxide. Bulf — The preceding substances in a more dilute state. * f AJX'ABLE RECIPES. 8^ Calico Printers^ Fast Dyes Continued, Blae Vat — In which white spots are left on a blue ground of cloth, is made by applying to those points a paste composed of a solution of sulphate of copper and pipo'-clay ; and after they are dried, immerging it, stretched on frames, for a definite number of min- utes. Iq the yellowish green vat, of 1 part of indigo, 2 of copp'jras, and 2 of lime, with water. Crvee 1 — Cloth dyed blue, and well washed, is im' biicd with the aluminous acetate, dried, and sub- jected to the quercitron bath. In th'} above cases, the cloth, after receiving tho mordant paste, is dried, and put through a mixture of cow-dung and warm water. It is then put into the dyeing vat or copper. [XJre Diet, Chem, &e. Dyes for Boxes and Ivory. — 1. (Red.) Make an infusion of Cochineal in water of ammonia, then immerse the pieces therein, having previously soaked them for a few minutes in very weak acqua- fortis and water. 1. (Black.) Immerse the pieces in a weak solu- tion of nitrate of silver, for a short time, then ex- pose them to the suulight. 2. (Green.) Steep in a solution of verdigris to which a little acquafortis has been added. 3. (Yellow.) Boil for 1 hour in a solution made r^ith 1 pound of alum in 1 gallon of water, thei take out the jjieces aud steep them in a decoction made with ^ lb. of turmeric in 2 quarts of water . lastly, mix the two liquors, and boil them thereia foi 1 hour. 4. (Blue.) Stain them green, then steep them in a hot and strong solution of pearlash. Rem\rk.s. — The bones of living animals may be- dyed by mixing madder with their food. The boneg of young pigeons may thus be tinged of a rose color in 24 hours, and of a deep scarlet in 3 days ; but tha bones of adult animals take a fortnight to acquire g rose color. The bones nearest the heart become ting- ed soonest. In the same way extract of logwood mil tinge the bones of young pigeons puiple. C VAl.liAULK UKl'M'KS. ^ Celebrated Washing Mixture. DuBSolve a half pound of soda in a gulioii of boH ing water and pour upon it a quarter pound of lime. After this has settled, c> >t u'p 10 ounces of comrooR bar soap, and strain the solution upon it, and mix ■ perfectly. Great care must be taken that no parti- cles of Time are poured upon the soap. Trepare tl^ mixture the evening before washing. Directions — To 10 gallons of waier add the abo^ preparation when the water is boiling, and put the clothes in while boiling. Each lot of linen must boiJ half an hour, and the same liquid will answer foi three batches of clothes. The white clothes must b< put in soak over night, and if the collars and wrist bands are soaped and rubbed slightly, so nuich thft better. Clean cold water may be used for rinsing. Some prefer boiling them for a few moments in sleau blueing water, and afterwards rinse in col^ vyater. The clothes may not appear periVctly whit« while wet, but when dry will be clean white. Musk. — Artificial Musk is made by drojiping 3^ ounces of nitric acid on one ounce of rectified oil of amber. In a day or two, a black substance is pro duced, which smells similar to genuine musk. Mahogaky Furniture. — Stains and spots may be taken out of mahogany furniture by the use of a little aquafortis, or oxalic acid and water, by rub- bing the part with the liquid, by means of a cork, tiJft the color is restored, observing afterwards to well wash the wood with water, and to dry and pol- ish as usual. Pastk, Razor. — Levigated oxide of tin [prcpare^J putty powder] 1 ounce, powdered oxalic acid ^ oz., powdered gum 20 grains, make it into a stilF past< with water, and evcjily and thiiily spread It over the strop. With very lUtle friction, this paste givop a fine edge to the raz'^r, and its efficiency is htii. further increased by moj-^tcuing it. Pastk, Suatino. — White Wax, Spermaceti, and Almond Oil; melt, and while warm, be it in % iquai'es of Windsor soap, previously reduced to • ^Aste with rose water. VaLUABLK rkcipes. © How to Make Artificial Honey, To 10 lbs. of sugar add 3 lbs of water, 40 gi>la« >/ Cream of Tartar, 10 drops of Essence of Peilastlj strain. Brass Ornaments — When not gilt or lacquered, may be cleansed, and a line color given to them by two simple processes. The first is to beat sal-ammo- niac into a tine powder, then to moisten it with soft water, rubbing it on the ornaments, which must be afterwards rubbed dry with bran and whiting. The second is to wash the brass work with roche alum boiled to a strong lye, in the proportion of an ounce to a pint ; when dry, it must be rubbed with fin» tripoli. Either of these processes will give to brasa the brilliancy of gold. Bronze Powders — Beautiful Red — Mix together sulphate of copper 100 parts ; carbonate of soda 60 parts ; apply heat until they unite into a mass — then cool, powder, and add copper filings 15 parts ; well mix. and keep them at a white heat for 20 miniRes ; then cool, powder, and wash and dry. II. Gold Colored — Verdigris 8 oz., tutty powder 4 oz., borax and nitre, of each, 2 oz., bichloride of mercury ^ oz. — Make them into a fine paste with ©il, and fuse them together. Used in japamiing m ft gold color. OonwivT. A.\TSEi:f>. I. — Aiiiseod (bruised) 1 lb.' Jt>"»ri! spiiii 6 gallons : nvicerate for a week ; then lAili J> JjhIIous , and iidd 2 gallons of clear soft v/a* kef, aad 1 gallon of clarified syrup. This will make 8 gallons of cordul 24 u. p., which is as weak as 'aniseed' should eyer bo made. It may be reduced by sweetened water. II. Instead of distilling off the spirit, merely pasa it through a wine-bag. to take off the seed, lower it with clear soft water, and sweeten as before. III. Instead of 1 lb. of aniseed, add enough of the essential oil. dissolved in spirit of wine, to produce the lesired flavor ; 2 drachms of the oil is fully equal to 1 lb. of the seeds. Cordial, Cinnamon. This is seldom made with cinnamon, but with either the essential oil, or bark of cassia. It is preferred colored, and therefore may Ixj prepared by simple digeslion. If the oil be used, 1 dr. will be found to be eQough for 2 or 3 gallons of spirit. The addition of 2 or 3 drops each of es- eence of kiQon and orange p.'el. with about a spoon- ful of esseue of cardamoms to each gallon, will im- prove it. Si. me persons add to the above quantity 1 drachm of ca..-dauiom seed:? and 1 oz. each of dried orange and le.non peel. 1 oz. of oil of cas.sia is con- pidered to bo e.jual to 8 lbs. of the buds, or bark. If wanted dark it may be colored with burnt sugar. The quantity of sugar is U lb. to the gallon. Cordial, Pepi kr.mint. "Add English oil of pep- permint 2 oz. to iectified spirit of wine 1 quart, agi* tate well in a coiked bottle, capable of holding pints or more, thet pour it into a cask having a ca pacity of upwards t i' 109 galls.; add 30 galls, of per :ectly white and fla/v^'iess proof spirit, agitate we.l for 10 minutes, then add 2 cwt. of the best refined lump sugar, previously dissolved in twice its weight of pure filtered rain wa.'er ; rummage well, and fur- ther add sufficient clear rain water to make up the whole quantity to e.vactlj 100 gallons ; again rura- mage well ; add 2 oz. aluii, dissolved in 1 quart of f?.ia water, and a third tiiae agitate for 15 minuter, tilov which put in tiie bung and let it stand far ■ t^rtjaijThh Yiio;i it ^viii be fit for sala. / I VALUABLE RECIPES. 11 To Clean Maeble Chimney-pieces. — Time, ten minutes. Equal quantities of soft soap and pearl-ash. Put the soap aud pearl-ash on the chimney-piece with a soft flannel ; let it lay on the marble for a few minutes. Wash it off with warm water not too hot ; wash it over a second time with cold spring water. For Bkigut Polished Grates. — Oil the bright part of the grate with good salad oil, dust over it some unslacked lime from a muslin bag. Let it remain one month, then rub it off with a fine rag. Polish it with a leather and a very little putty powder. If the grate is not in use put on the oil again. To Take Stains Out of Marble. — Mix un- slacked lime in finest powder with the stronger soap-lye pretty thick, and instantly with a painter's brush lay it on the whole of the marble. In two months' time wash it off perfectly clean. Then have ready a fine thick lather of soft soap, boiled in soft water, dip a brush in it, and scour the marble with powder not as common cleaning. This will, by very good rubbing, give a beautiful polish. Clear off the soap, aud finish with a smooth hard brush till the end be effected. To Take Kust Oot of Steel. — Cover the steel with sweet oil well rubbed in, and in forty-eight hours use unslacked lime finely powdered, and rub until all the rust disap- pears. Wash for the Hair. — Half an ounce of glycerine ; half an ounce of spirit of rosemary ; five ounces of water. To be well mixed to- gether and shaken, and used night and morn- ing. 12 VALUABLE RECIPES. To Cement Broken China. — Beat lirae to ft very fine, almost invisible dust; sift it through book muslin. Then tie it up in a piece of thin muslin, as powdered starch is sometimes used. Brush some white of egg over the edges of the china, dust the lime rapidly over them, put the edges together, and tie a string round the cup, etc., till it is firm. Isinglass dissolved in spirits of wine, in the proportion of one ounce to two wineglassfuls of the spirits, is also a good cement. For Kkmoving Paint from Wood. — One pound of washing soda; two pounds of un- slacked lime. Mix one pound of washing soda "with two pounds of unslacked lime, and, if the paint is very strong on the wood, add half a pound of potash. Mix these ingredients to- gether, and dilute with water until the mixture becomes rather thicker than whitewash, and then rub it on the paint with a piece of wood folded up in rag. The person w^ho uses this preparation must be careful not to touch it witli the hands. To Clean PAPER-nANOiNGS. — First blow the dust off with the bellows. Divide a white loaf of eight days old into e^glit parts. Take the crust into your hand and, beginning at the top of the paper, wipe it downward in the lightest manner with the crumbs. Do not cross or go upward. The dirt of the paper and the crumbs will fall together. Observe — you must not wipe above half a yard at a stroke, and, after doing all the upper part, go round again, begin- ning a little abo\e where you left off. If you do not clean it very lightly, you will make the dirt adhere to the paper. VALUABLE RECIPES. 13 To Remove Paint Stains from Glass Win- dows. — It frequently happens that painters splash the plate or other glass windows when they are painting the sills. When this is the case, raelt some soda in very hot water and wash them with it, using a soft flannel. It will entirely remove the paint. Tooth Powdee. — A quarter of an ounce of hole armenian; a quarter of an ounce of bark ; a quarter of an ounce of powdered camphor ; a quarter of an ounce of powdered myrrh. Mix the ingredients very thorouglily together. Tooth powders should be kept closely covered in wooden boxes. The prescription is for equal quantities of the above ingredients, but one ounce of the whole mixed is enough at a time, unless a chemist is not of easy access. To Wash Colored Prints and Washing- Silks. — Put a little bran into lukewarm water, wash quickly through; rinse in cold water also, quickly. Hang to dry in a room without fire or sunshine. Iron on wrong side with a coolish iron. No soap to be used. To Clean an Old Silk Dress. — Unpick tho dress, and brush it with a velvet brush. Then grate two large potatoes into a quart of water ; let it stand to settle ; strain it oif quite clear, and sponge the dress with it. Iron it on the wrong side, as the ironed side will be sliiny. Castor Oil Pomade for the Hair, — Four ounces of castor oil ; two ounces of prepared lard; two drachms of white wax; essence of jes samine, or otto of rose. Melt the fat together, and, when well mixed, and becoming cool, add whatever scent you prefer, and stir it constantly until cold ; then pour it into pots or bottles for use. 14 YiLLUABLE BECIPSa. Cold Cream. — Half a pint of rosewator; four ounces of oil of almonds ; three drachms of white wax ; three drachms of spermaceti. Melt the white wax and spermaceti together with the oil of almonds. Then beat them all up, adding the rosewater slowly until it is cold. Put it in a po^, and pour some rosewater on the top. A Winter Soap for Chapped or Rough Hands. — Three pounds of common yellow soap ; one ounce of camphor dissolved in one ounce of rose and one ounce of lavender water. Beat tliree pounds of common yellow soap, and one ounce of camphor dissolved in one ounce of rose and one ounce of lavender water in a mortar until it becomes a paste. Make it into balls to dry, and set it in a cool place for the winter. The Lest time to make it is in the spring. Table Polish. — Half a pint of spirits of wine ; an ounce and a half of gum shellac ; half an ounce of gum benzoin; half an ounce of gum sandrac. Put the whole in a bottle for a day or two, and shake it a few times. AVhen the gums are dissolved it is fit for use. AVhen the polish is laid on thick enough, take a clean wad and cloth ; put a little clean spirits of wine on the wad, the srjne as you did with the polish, rub it the same way, but very lightly, and until quite dry. You must then put a little oil ou the cloth, and rub as in laying on the polish. Nature makes us poor only wlien we want neces.^'aries ; but custom gives the name of poverty to the wa!.t of superfluities. VALUABLE KECIPES. IS Cure for Drunkenness. 1, Dr. Kain. an American physician, recommends tartar emetic for the cure of habitual drunkenness. " Possessing." he observes, "no positive taste itself, it communicates a disgusting quality to those fluids in which it is dissolved. I have often seen persona who, from taking a medicine in the form of antirao- oial wine, could never afterwards drink wine. No thing, therefore, seems better calculated to form our indication of breaking up the association in the pa- tients feelings, between his disease and the relief to be obtained from stimulating liquors. These liquors, with the addition of a very small quantity of emetic tartar, instead of relieving, increase the sensation of loathing of food, and quickly produce in the patient an indomitable repugnance to the vehicle of its ad- ministration. My method of prescribing it has va- ried according to the habits, age, and constitution of the patient. I give it only in alterative and slightly nauseating doses. A convenient preparation of the medicine is 8 grains dissolved in 4 oz. of boiling water, h an oz. of the solution to be put in a ^ pint, or quart of the patient's favorite liquor, and to be taken daily in divided portions. If severe vomiting and purging ensue, I should direct laudanum to allay the irritation, and diminish the dose. In every patient it should be varied according to its efl'ccts. In some cases, the change suddenly produced in the patient's habits has brought on considerable lassitude and debility, which were of but short duration. In a majority of cases, no other effect has been percept- ible than slight nausea, some diarrhoea, and a grad- al but very uniform distaste to the menstruum." A similar plan has been proposed by Mr. Chamber?. 2. Infuse a little of the star-shoot plant in the II quor, at drinking which disgust will be gradually excited. Dextrifice — The juice of the common strawberry Das been recommended as an elegant natural denti* frice, as it readily dissolves the tartareous incrusta- tions on the teeth, and imparts an agreeablo od^* to U^ breath To Dyk Gloves. — Leather gloves, il" nut greatty ,ay be dyed with any of the ordinary dyes It,^ lU'-hing the hitter over the gloves stretched out *oj;oth. Tne surface alone should be wetted, and a second or third coat may be given after the former one has become dry. When the last coat has become thoroughly dry, the superfluous color should be rul> bed out, a smooth surface given them by rubbing with a polished stick or piece of ivory, and the whole gone over with a sponge dipped in white of egg. To Clean Gloves.— I. (Dry cleaning.) Lay them out flat ; then rub into them a mixture of finely pow- dered tuUer's earth and alum ; swep it off with a brush, sprinkle them with dry bran and whiting ; lastly dust them well. This will not do if they are very dirty. II. AVash them with soap and water ; then stretch them on wooden hands, or pull them into shape ' without wringing them 5' next rub them with pipe- clay, or yellow ochre, or a mixture of the two in any required shade, made into a paste with beer ; let them dry \graduall3',' and when about 'half dry, rub them well so as to smooth them and put them into shape; then dry them, brush out the superfluous color, cover thorn with paper, and smooth them with a warm iron. Other color may be employed to mil with the pipe-clay beside yellow ochre. DuYiNQ Oil — Linseed Oil bo'kd along with ^.xide of lead, (litharge,) by which it acquires the prop;Tij "^drying quickly when exposed In a thin stratum to xe air. It is much used in the preparation of paints and varnishes. Drawings, (tlialk and Pencil — These may be fixed BO as not to suffer from abrasion, by washing them with skimmed milk, or with water holding in solu- tion a little isinglass. Wnen the former is used, great care must be taken to deprive it of the whola of the cream, as, if the latter substance be present it will grease the drawing. An easy way of apply ing these fluids, is to pour them into a shallow ves eel, and to lay the drawing Gat upon the surface. then to place it on blotting paper in an inclined pc ■kioQ to drain and dry^ TAI.CABLE RECIPB9. If Guj)iiiQ OF Porclj.ain, Glass, &c. — Tbis Js per- formed by blending powdered gold with gum witer and a little borax, and applying it by means of a camel-hair pencil ; the article is then heated suffi- ciently hot in an oven or furnace, by which meana the gum is burnt, and the borax vitrifying cements the gold to the surface. When cold it is polished off with a burnisher. Names, dates, or any fancy device may thus be permanently and easily tixed ct) glass, china, earthenware, &:c. GiLDixG OP Silk, &c. — Silks, satins, woollens., ivory, bones, &c., may be readily gilded by immersing them in a solution of nitro-rauriate (terchloride) of gold, (1 of the salt to 3 or 4 water), and then expos- ing them to the action of hydrogen gas. The latter part of the process may readily be performed fcy pouring some diluted sulphuric acid, or zinc or iron filings, in a bottle, and placing it under a jar or similar vessel, inverted, at the top of which the art- icles to be gilded are to be suspended. The foregoing experiment may be very prettily and advantageously varied as follows ; — paint flow- ers or other ornaments with a very fine camel-hair pencil, dipped iu the above-mentioned solution of gold, on pieces of silk, satin, &c., and hold them over a Florence flask, from which hydrogen gas is evolved, during the decomposition of the water by Bulphuric acid and iron filings. The painted flow- ers, &c., in a few minutes will shine with all the Bplendor of the purest gold. A coating of this kind will not tarnish on exposure to the air, or in washing. Gilding Varnish. — This is oil gilding applied to equipages, picture-frames, furniture, &c., the suriace being highly varnished and polished before it re- ceives the size or gold color ; and after t!ie gilding has become quite dry, a coat of spirit varnish, fumed with the chafing dish as above, is applied, followed by two or thsee coats of the best copal varnish, aftei which, the work is carefully polished w^ith tripoli and water. Gilders' Varmsh — Prep. — Beeswax 4 oz., verii* gris and sulphate of copper, of each 1 oz ; aiuc. 18 TALC ABLE RECIPBS. Fire KaTino. — Tbe power of resisting the actiM f fire is given to the skin by frequently washing it ith dilute'! Rulphuric acid, until the part bcconiei lufficiently callous. It is said that the following mix- ture is very efficacious : — dilute sulplmric acid $ parts ; sal ammoniac 1 part ; juice of onion? 2 parts ; mix. It is the acid however, that producs? the effect. LvpRESsioxs FROM Coixs— A vcry easy and ele- gant way of takin;;: the impressions of medals and cnina, not generally knoAvn, is as follows — Melt a little isinglass glue with brandy, and pour it thinly over the medal, so as to cover its whole surface ; let it remain on for a day or two, till it has thoroughly dried and hardened, and then take it off. when it will be fine, clear, and as hard as a piece of Muscovy glass, and will have a very elegant impression of the coin. It will also resist the effects of damp air, which occasions all other kinds of glue to soften and bend if not prepared in this way. (Shaw.) If the wrong side of the isincrlass be breathed on, and gold- leaf applied, it will adhere, and be seen on the other side, producing a verj' pleasing effect. Isinglass glue, made with water alone, will do 'nearly' m well as if brandy be used. Leaf Gilding— This term is applied to the gild- ing of paper, vellum. &c., by applying leaf gold to the surface, previously prepared with a coating of gum-water, size or white of an egg. It is usually finished with an agate burnisher. Letter Gilding — The letters of sign-boards and eimilai ornamental gilding for outdoor work, ii done by first covering tlie design with yellow or gold-color paint, then with oil gold size, and when this is nearly dry, applying the leaf-gold, observing to shield it properly from the wind, lest it be blown way or become crumpled before being properly at- tached. This gilding is usually varnished. Mahogany Stains — Pure Socotrine aloes 1 ounce amgon's blo(xl 5 oz., rectified spirit 1 pint : diFt=olvf and apply 2 or 3 :oatR to the siirface of the wood ttmah off with wii: or oil. tiagod with aLkaaet VALDABLE RECIPES. 19 Cosmetic Simple. Soft soap ^ Ife. ; melt over « llow fire with a gill of swoet oil, add half a teacup- fill of fine sand, and stir the mixture together until eold. The shelly k«a-sand, sifted from the shells, haa been found better than that which has no shells. Remarks. This simple cosmetic, has for severel yeaj.'s past been used by many ladies who are remark- able for the delicate softness and whiteness of their hands, which they, in a great measure, attribute to the use of it. Its cheapness is a strong recommenda- tion. Essence of Patchouli. Indian patchouli leaves 2 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 9 pints ; water 1 gal- lon. Macerate for 1 week, frequently shaking the vessel, then distil over exactly 1 gallon. A verv fashionable perfume. Essence of Roses (odorous) — Very fine article. — Attar of roses 1 ounce ; spirit of wine 1 gallon. Mix in a close vessel and assist the solution by placing it in a bath of hot water. As soon as the spirit gets warm, take it from the water and shake till quite cold. The next day filter. Unless the spirit of wine be of more than the common strength, it will not re- tain the whole of the otto in solution in very cold weather. FuKS may be preserved from moths and insects by placing a little colocynth pulp, (bitter apples,) or spices, as cloves, pimento, &c., wrapped in muslin among them ; or they may be w^ashed in a very weak Bolution of corrosive sublimate in warm water, (10 or 15 grains to the pint), and afterwards carefully dried. Furs, as well as every other species of cloth- ing should be kept in a clean, dry place. Coffee Milk. — Boil a dessf rt-spoonful of ground coffee in about a pint of milk, a quarter of an hour ; then put into it a shaving or two of isinglass and clear It ; let it boil a few^ minutes, and set it on the side ii the fire to fine. This is a very finp. bre'.kfast, and should be sweetened with real Lisbon si .^ar Bakers- Itcu Ointment. — Mix well together out ^uart(!r, ounce of ointment of nitrate of mercury,- tiiii cue ounce of palm oil. 20 Valuable recipes. S<»iP A -LA Rose. New Olive On Soap 30 lbs. new tallow soap. 20 lbs., reduce them to shaving* Dy s-liding the bars along the face of an inverted plane, rnelt in an untinned copfH^r pan by the heat of ?;t''ani or a water bath, add 1| oz. of finely ground Te'tnilion, mix well, remove the heat, and when the mas.s has cooled a little, add essence of roses [otto?] 5 oz.; do. of cloves and cinnamon, of each, 1 ounce ^" bt'rgamot, 2h ounces ; mix well, run the liquid mass through a tamn^y cloth, aad put it into the frames. If the soaps employed are not new, 1 or 2 quarts of water must be added to make them melt easily. A very fine article. Soap At Bouquet. — .-—Best tallow soap 30 lbs., essence of bergamot, 4 oz.; oils of cloves, sassefras, Rrid thyme, of each, 1 oz., pure neroli, ^ oz.; finely powdered brown ochre, 7 oz. Mix as last. Very fine S out running over. When it boils it is kept stirred mth an iron ladle, and if it does not take fire of it- i^'lf soon after the smoke begins to rise, it is kindk-d by meaus of a piece of burning paper, stuck in tijfe cleft end of a long stick. The pot Ls then shortly af- terwards removed from the tire, and the oil is suffered to burn for about half an hour, or till a sample ci the varnish cooled upon a pallet knife, may be drawn into strings of about half an inch long, between tho angers. The flame is now extinguished by the ap- plication of a closely-fitting tin cover, and as soon as the froth of the ebullition has subsided, black rosin is added, in the proportion of 6 lbs. to every ti :juarls of oil thus treated ; the mixture is next stirred until the rosin is dissolved, when If lbs. of brown soap, cut into slices is further added, (cautiously), :ind the ingredients are again stirred with the spa- tula until united, the put being once more placed over the fire to promote the comljination. When this is effected, the varnish is removed from the heat, and after thorough stirring, covered over and slS aside. It is necessary to prepare two kinds of this varnish, varying in con.sistence, from more or less boiling, to be occasionally mixed together as circum- stances may require ; that which answers well in hot •veather beiug too thick in cold, and vice versa, ijarge characters also require a thinner ink thau email ones. A g-'od varnish may be drawn into threads line glue, and is very thick and tenacious. 2. — Making the ink. (Black.) Finely powdered in- digo ard Prussian blue, of each, 2^ ounces; best mineral Ixmpblack, 4 lbs; best vegetable lami> black, 3^ lbs. ; put them into a suitable vessel and mix in gradually the warm varnis-h The mix- ture must now be subniirrd to careful grinding, either in a mill or with a .slab and niiilkr. On t^ uu-ge scale steam pow t is employed for this purpose, 22 VALCABLK RECIPES. Printing Ink Continved, (An extemporaneous superfine ink). Balsam of oo- •ttlba (pure) 9 oz. ; lampblack 3 oz. ; indigo and rrussian blue, of each 5 dr.; Indian red | oz.; yello^f Boap (dry) 3 o?.. ; grind to an impalpable smooth- ness. Canada balsam may be substitucd for balsan of copaiba where the smell of the latter is objectioa- ftble, but it dries quicker. R'raarks. Old linseed oil is preferable to new. Tellow rosin soap is preferred for black and dark colored inks, and white curd soap for light ones. Ve- getable lampblack takes the most varnish. The ad- dition of indigo and Prussian blue is to correct the brown color of the black. The Indian red is added to increase the body and richness of the color. Some persons find much trouble in grinding up the indigo, from its running into a mass and clogging the mill ; but this may be avoided by mixing it as almve, orby first grinding it with a sufficient quantity of Canada balsam or copaiba, and using a proportionate quan- tity of varnish and that of a little thicker consistence The French employ nut oil instead of linseed. Mr Savage obtained the large medal of the Society of Arts for his l)lack ink made as above. It is unrival- led. Colored inks are made in a similar way. The pigments used are. Carmine, lakes, vermilion, chrome red, red lead, orange red, Indian red, Venetian red, orange chrome, chrome yellow, burnt terra di Siena, gall stor»> Roman ociire, yellow do., verdigris, Scheele's green, Schweinfurth's do., blues and yel- lows mixed for greens^ indigo, Prussian l)lue, Ant- werp do., cobalt do., charcoal do., lustre, umber, sepia, Papek, Copying. Jlake a stiff ointment with but- ter or lard and lampblack, and smear it thinly anl eveidy over soft writing paper, by means of a piece of fiannel, tlicn wipe off the redundant portion with a piece of soft rag. Placed on paper and written on with a style of solid pen. By repeating the arrange- ment, two or three copies of a letter may be obtained at once. This paper, set up in h ca«e, forms the or dioary * manifold writer.' valuable recipes. 23 The Akt of Lvlayino axd Ornamextino Papiz« Macde', — The articles required are a small pair of cutting nippers, a half-round file, some gold size;, Vegetable Black, Black Japan, two large camel's hair brushes, in quills, various powder colors, such as Lakes. Vermillion, Italian Pink, Prussian Blue, French Ultramarine, Emerald Green, &c. Copal Varnish, Spirit of Turpentine, Gold Leaf, Pumice Stone. Pumice Powder, Putly Powder, Palette Knife fcad Slab, Papier Mache and Pearl. Having roughly sketched your design upon the Papier Mache, and decided upon the part to be inlaid with Pearl, take your nippers and cut or nip the Pearl to your shape, which is afterwards to be finished with the file, to the exact form required. You will now mix in a gallipot, a small quantity of Gold Size and Veget^ ble Black, to the consistency of Treacle, and taking a large brush, lay a rather thick coating upon the whole of the Papier Mache. You will then stick on the pieces of Pearl before cut out, according to vour design, and let it remain until dry, which will be 24 hours. The surface of your Papier Mache be- ing perfectly dry, take Black Japan and give it a thick and even coating oYer the whole surface, not excepting the Pearl. It will require to be placed in an oven of more sort, quite free from dust, and heat- ed about 145 degrees ; but this is not particular, so long as it does not get hotter. It will be dry in 24 hours, when to test its dryness, dip a rag in Spirit of Turpentine, and brush the edge of the Papier Mache ; if it soils the rag, it is not dry, and requires to be again stoved. The articles require four coats of Ja- pan, and the above process to be repeated on eac*h coat, the beauty of the articles entirely depending on the Japan being perfectly dry and hard. A piece of Pumice Stone rubbed flat on a flag, must now be dipped in water, and rubbed on the Papier Mache until it brings the whole to a level surface, and shows the Pearl. Fine Pumice Powder and water upon a bit of list is now applied to remove the scratches made by the Pumice Stone, polish with Putty Powder upon a piece of wash-leather. T ALU ABLE RECm83. If your design consist of flowers, &c- color th* parts as required with Powder color?, mixed up with Copal Varnish, and diluted with Turpentine, using nature as a guide. The ornamental parts not con- sisting of flowers, are to be painted and gilded ac- cording to your fancy. For Gilding, take Gold Size and mix a little Chrome Yellow, with which draw your design, and when partially dry in 5 or 10 min- utes cut Gold Leaf in small pieces, apply it, and dab it on with cotton wool. In 5 or 10 minutes after rub the cotton lightly over the surface, to remove the superfluous pieces of gold. When the coloring is dry, varnish over those parts which have been painted or gilded, with Copal Varnish, and let it dry 2i hours, and the article is complete. Baij^, Laxative, (for horses). Aloes, ginger and Boft soap, of each 3 drachms ; mix with treacle for 1 ball. Cordial and laxative. BALii?, Fever, (for horses). Tartar emetic 2 oz. ; nitre 8 oz. ; liquorice 6 oz. .; all in fine powder ; mix with treacle for 12 balls. BAJJ.S. Garlic (for horses). Garlic 1 oz. ; liquor- ice powder enough to make a ball. Use, for cronie coughs. Bali^. Maxge (for horses). Crude ank'mony 2 oz. , calomel 1 oz. ; opium ^ oz. ; flowers of sulphur 1 lb. ; mix with treacle and divide into 12 balls. A piece the size of a horse bean to that of a small nut, is a capital medicine for dogs. BAL1.S, SxoALicnic (for horses). Powdered Gentian 4 oz. ; powdered ginger and carbonate of soda, of each 2 oz. ; soft soap 8 oz. ; mix and divide into 8 balls. Balls, Tomc (for horses). Gentian ^ oz. : opium ^ drachm ; cascarilla, myrrh, and carbonate of soda, of each 1 drachm ; soft soap h oz. Form into one ball. Balls, Sclphcr (for horses). Flowers of Bulpbur 1 lb. ; powdered antimony 3 oz. ; red sulphuret ol mercury (pure) 2 oz. ; powdered gum 1 oz. ; treacU to mi {. For 12 balls. Said to make the coat Hiokt also 1 jr mange, &c. TALCABUB ItSCEFES. 25 Bahs, SxRExoTHENTxa (foF hoi'ses). Povvdenxl ittlomba and cascariUa, of each \ oz. ; soft soap | Of. ; chalk h oz ; make into a ball. For looseness. BiLLLS, \\^ORii (for horses). Aloes 5 drachms ; Cas- tile soap ^ oz. ; calomel and ginger, of each 1^ drachms ; oil of cloves and cassia, of each 6 drops \ traacle to make a ball. Balls, Gklpe (for horses). Liquorice, black pep- per, ginger, and 'prepared chalk, all in powder, ol each 4 oz. ; oils of caraway, cloves, and cassia, each 1 drachm ; treacle to mix. For 12 balls. Bau.s, Ixfluenza (for horses). Barbadoes aloes, iiitrr, and Venice turpentine, of each 1 lb. ; gentiau 2 lbs. ; ginger ^ lb. ,; treacle to mix. Divide into IJ oz. balls. Balls, Colic (for horses). Powdered opium \ oz. ; Castile soap and camphor, each 1 oz. ; powdered ginger and cassia, each ^ oz. ; liquorice powder 2 oz ; treacle to make 4 balls. Balls, Cordlll (for horses). Aniseed, caraway seed, and cumin seed, of each 4 lbs. ; ginger 2 lbs. ; all in powder ; treacle q. s. to mix. Product 21 lbs. To be made up in balls weighing 1^ oz. each. Balls, Codgh (for horses). Cordial ball mass 4 lbs. ; gum amoniacum 4 oz. ; powdered Quills 1 oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 4 dozen balls. Balls, Farcy (for horses). Corrosive sublimate 10 grains ; liquorice powder 1 oz. ; oil of aniseed ^ drachm ; mix with treacle for 1 ball. Balls, Mercurial (for horses). Calomel 1 oz. ; aloes 2 oz. ; rhubarb | oz. ; liquorice powder 14 oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 12 balls. Laxative and alterative. Baixs, Alterative (for horses). Calomel, sul phuret of antimony, and powdered opium, of each ^ oz. ; powdered gum guaiacam 2^ oz. ; Castile soap i2 oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 12 balls. Use, for weak horses with a bad constitution. IL Calomel ^ oz. ; powdered aloee 1^ oz. ; starch 6 oz. ; soft Boap 8 oz. Make them into a mass, and divide Into 12 balls. Use — to improve the ^oi stiia- tiou. , B6 VXLCABJJ!: RECrPKK. Arabian Charm few Taming Horsei. The horse castor is a wart or excrescence which growi on every horse's fore-legs, aud generally ou the hind- leg8. It has a peculiar rank, musty smell, and is easily pulled off. For the Oil of Cumin tlie horse is said to have an instinctive passion, and the Oil of Rhodium possesses some very peculiar properties for animals. Procure some horse castor aud grate it fine — also t^et some Oil of Rhodium and Oil of Cumin, and keep the thi'ee separate in air-tight Ijottles. Rub a little Oil of Cumin upon your hand, and approach the horse in the field on the windward side, so that he can smell the Cumin — when he approaches, immediately rub your hand gently upon the horse's nose, getting a little Oil oa it. Then give him a little of the castor on a piece of loaf sugar, apple or potato. Then put eight dropa of the Oil of Rhodium into a lady's silver thimble. — Take the thimble between the thumb and middle finger of your right hand, with the forefinger stopping the mouth of the thimble, to prevent the Oil from running out whilst you are opening the mouth of the horse. Aa soon as you have opened the horse's mouth, empty the the thimble upon his tongue and he is your P(;rvant. Artificial Ti^ast. — Honey 5 oz., cream of tartar 1 02., malt 16 oz., water at 122 deg. F. 3 pints ; stir to* ^ether, and when the temperature falls to Co deg., cover it np and keep it at that temperature till yeast is Ibrmed. To Attract Rats. — Two dr. of oil of aniseed, 2 drops of nitrous acid, and 2 gr. of musk. Oil of rhodium ia also supposed to be very attractive to tlie.se vermin Assafuetida with these oils is also used. Rheumatism. — Take two eggs, one gill of v'ucgar, one gill of New England Rum, one tea-gpoonful of spi- rita of turpentine, one tea-spoonful of sun-fish oil. Beat \he eggs up well first, then add a small quantity of eacJ. article at a time, until all aie mixed, stirring the mix lure all the time. Bathe the affected parts with it iv« M* three times a day. iittiTi.sH Hkhb Tobacco. — The principal ingredient la Ihia compound is dried coltsfoot leaves, to which h "ZBAli- or portion of thyme, wood-betouy, eye-bright, and rosemarv are added. TALCABLE RECIPES. 21 BUiR Depilatory. — Quick lime l(i uz., pearlasb 2 oi., brer of sulpher 2 oz. Reduce to a fine powder, and keep it in a close bottle. To be mixed with water, and applied to the skiu, and scraped off in 2 or 3 rainutea with a wooden knife. [Use caution, to prevent injury.] DupuYTREx's PoMAnE. — Beef marrow G oz., nerviru balsam 2 oz., (This is made by melting togoiber 4 oz. each of beef marrow and oil of mace, and adding 2 dr. of balsam of tolu, and 1 dr. each of oil of cloves and camphor, dissolved in | oz. of rectilied spirit.) Peruvi- an balsam 2 oz., oil of almonds 1^ oz., extract of can- tharides 16 gr. ; melt the marrow and nervine balsam with the oil, strain, add the balsam of Peru, and lastly the extract, dissolved in a drachm of rectified spirit. Rouge. — Rouge is prepared from carmine, and the colouring matter of safflower, by mixing them with %\e\j levigated French chalk or talc, generally with the addition of a few drops of olive or almond oil. Some- times fine white starch is used as the reducing ingredient. Ha.ir Dte. — Nitrate of silver 11 dr., nitric acid 1 dr.. distilled water 1 pint, sap green 3 dr., gum arabic I dr. ; mix. Hair Dye. — Litharge 2 parts, slaked lime 1 part, chalk 2 parts, all finely powdered, and accurately mixed. When required for use, mix the powder with warm water, and dip a brush in the mixture, and rub the hair well with it. After two hours, let the hair be washed. Toothache. — Opium 5 gr., oil of cloves 3 drops, ex- tract of henbane 5 gr,, extract of belladoaaa, 10 gr.. powdered pellitory sufficient to form a pa."te. Rose Tooth Paste.— Cuttle-fish bone 3 oz prepared or precipitated chalk 2 oz., orris 1 oz., lake or rose pink tc give it a pale rose colour, otto of rose 16 drojjs, aoney of roses q. s. FiLLiXG FOR Teeth. — Gutta percha, softened by heal 8 recommended. Dr. Rollfs advises melting a piece of caontchouc at the end of a wire, aud introducing it white warm. Gold FAcrmous.— Platina 7, copper 16, zinc 1 : fnm togather. Common Gold.— Copper 16, silver 1, Gold 2. SSC VA.LV A BI.K RKCU'ES. Baii-ky's Jtch Oin'tmknt. — Olive oil 1 lb, suet 1 \\ ftlJta-.iot root 2 oz. Melt, and macerate until coloured ; then strain, and add 3 oz. each of alum, nitre and ml phate ot zinc, in very fine powder ; adding voi-milUon to colour it, and oil of aniseed, lavender, and 'iij-ne to perfume. Caustic for Corns. — Tincture of iodine 4 dr.. iodide of iron 12 gr., cliloride of antimony 4 dr. ; mix. ?iid np- ply with a camel-hair brush, after paring the corn. It is said to curs in three times. Consumption. — Rum J pint, linseed oil, honey, garlic (beaten to a pulp,) and loaf sugar, of each 4 oz., yolk» of 5 eggs; mix: a teaspoonful night and morning. SweeY's Salve. — Melt together 8 ounces of rosin and two ounces of beeswax : then add the following mixture in powder, bole armenia, nitre, camphor, of each one ounce : stir them well together, then pour the whole in to cold water, and work it in the water, until it can l( taksn out and formed into rolls or cakes. Opodeldoc. — White soap, 2 ounces, camphor 1 oun^e oil of rosemary 2 drachms, oil of origanum 2 drachnn strong aqua ammonia one ounce, proof alcohol ]^ pints Dissolve together. Infants' Coi^dial.- — Pleurisy Root, scull-cap. skunk- cabbage, hops, cramp bark, prickly-ash berries, calamus angelica seed, sassafras, of each, in powder, one ounce ginger, capsicum, of each, two dniclnns. Pour on sis pints of boilinjr water, when cold, add three pints of good Holland C-'m, and two pounds of loaf sugar. Ltt it stand two weeks, frequciitly shaking. [We have sub- stituted this for Godi'roy's, as it is tar superior.] Milk of Roses. — Mix one oz. of tine olive oil with 10 drops of oil of tartar, and a pint of rose-water. Macassar Oil. — The oil made by the natives in the Island is obtained by l)oiling the kernel of the fruit of a tree reseml)ling the walnut, called in Malay, radkac. The oil is mixed with other ingredients, aiul lias ft sm'h pproaching to that of creosote. Bat the ]^Iacassar oil old in this country has probably no relation to the ibove, except in nam*;. The following is given hj Gray; — Olive oil 1 lb., oil of origanum 1 dr.; others add 14 dr. of oil of rosemary. VA.LUABLK RKCll'EiS. 2i^ Ea.u de Cologxe. — English oil of lavender, oil of ber |amot, oil of lemon, oil of neroli, of each 1 oz. ; oil oS cinnamon h oz.; spirit of rosemary and spirit of balin, (eau des Carmes,) of each 15 oz., highly rectified spirit 7i pints. Let them stand together for 14 days, then distil in a water-bath. Eau d'Ange. — Flow.rf£>g tops of myrtle 16 oz., rectified spirit a gallon ; digest, and distil to dryness in a water-bath ; or dissolve \ oz. essential oil of myrtle in 3 pints of rectified spirit. Mr. Gray gives under this name a water without spirit — water 2 pints, benzoin 2 oz., etorax 1 oz., cinnamon 1 dr., cloves 2 dr., calamus a stick, coriander seeds a pinch ; distil. Russian Tooth Powder. — Peruvian bark 2 oz., orris root 1 oz., sal ammoniac ^ oz.,. catechu 6 dr., myrrh 6 dr., oil of cloves 6 or 8 drops. Artificial Bears' Grease. — Prepared suet 3 oz., lard 1 oz. olive oil 1 oz. oil of cloves 10 drops, compound tincture of benzoin 1 dr. ; mix. Beetle Poison. — Put a drachm of phosphorus in a flask with 2 oz. of water : plunge the flask into hot wa- ter, and when the phosphorus is melted pour the contents into a mortar with 2 or 3 oz. of lard. Triturate briskly, Adding water, and J lb of flour with 1 or 2 oz. of brown sugar. CocKROACu Poisox. — Equal parts of Plaster of Paris, iFith oatmeal. Arsexical Paste. — Melt 2 lb of suet in an earthen vessel over a slow fire, and add 2 lb of wheat flour, 3 oz. of levigated white arsenic, 2^ dr. of lamp-black, 15 drops of oil of aniseed. It may be used alone, or mixed with bread, crumbs. &c. [For destroying rats and mice Washes for Vermin in Plants.— Infuse one lb of tobacco in a gallon of boiling water, in a covered vessel, till cold. For Lice in Vines. — Boil ^ lb of tobacco in 2 quart* of water ; strain, and add i lb of soft soap, and ^ lb of Bulphur. Mix. For Aphides. - Boil 2 oz. of lime and I oz. of sulphui in water, aad strain. For Red Spiders. — A teaspoonful of salt in a gallcHi 9f water. In a few days wash the plant with pure wat«f , 80 TALUUILK RKCinW. To Mark on GUss. — GIusb may be written on. for tern porary purposes, by French chalk ; pencils of this Bub« stance will l)e round convenient. Glass may be writtea en with ink, if the surface be clean and dry, and the pea held nearly perpendicular. The shell-lac ink is the best *or labels, as it resists damp, &:c. " To scratch glass," a f.cratching diamond is used ; or a piece of flint, or erystal of quartz, or the point of a small 3-square file. " To engrave on glass,'" fluoric acid is u?ed, either in the liquid state or in vapor. The glass must be warmed, and coated with wax or engravers' cement, and tl^e writing or design traced through the wax with a brad awl or other pointed instrument. The liquid fluorif acid is poured on it, and left to act on the uncovered portions of the glass ; br the fluor spar may be powder ■ ed and made into a paste with oil of vitriol, and laid over the prepared surface, and covered with lead foil or tea lead : or bruised fluor spar is put on a Wedgewood evaporating basin, with sufficient oil of vitriol to form a thin paste, and the prepared glass laid over the basin, BO that the vapors may act on the portions from which the wax has been removed. •' To cut glass," (besides the usual method of dividing cut glass by a glazier's diamond,) the following means may ))e used : — To divide glass tubes or rods, form a deep mark around them with the edge of a sharp thiee-square file, then with a hand placed on either side of the mark, break ifie rod with a slightly stretching as well as bending motion. A dia- mond or sharp flint may be substituted for a file. Flasks, globes and retorts, may be divided by means of iron rings, having a stem fixed in a wooden handle. Make the ring red-hot, and apply it to the flask, &c. If the vessel does not break where it came in contact with the ring, wet the part, and it will generally separate. Another method is to twist together 2 or '6 threads ol CottoM. such as is used I'oi" wicks, moisten them with ?pirit of wine, and encircle the flask with them ; then, holding the flask horlzoritally. set fire to the wick, and turn the flask with the fingers, so as to keop the flam« in the direction of the thread. If the separation doei aot take place the first time, the process may be repeat *4 after the glass has cooled. By these means a coai j> YALUAELK KKCIPSS. ^ mon oil flask may be divided into an cvnporatiug dish and a funnel. By means of a stout iron rod, tixed in bi wooden handle, and terminatinir in a blunt point and heated to redness, broken retorts, globes and flasks, may be c^/verted into useful evaporating disiies, &c. If any er'^ exists, it may easily be led in any direction, as it viW. follow the motion of the heated iron. If no crack exists, one must be produced by applying the point oi the heated rod to any convenient spot on the edge of the broken glass, touching it afterwards with a moistened finger, if necessary. The edges of glass thus divided are rendered less apt to break by heating them in the flame of a blow-pipe, or grinding them smooth with emery on a flat stone. See Faraday's Manipulations. To SiLVEii Glass. — The term "silvering" is applied to the process of coating the surface of glass with amal gamated tinfoil, in forming mirrors. The tinfoil is rub bed over with quicksilver, and more of the latter poured over it : the plate of glass, perfectly clean and dry, ia then applied to it in such a way as to exclude all air bubbles, and to bring the glass and foil into perfect con- tact. The plate, after being inclined so as to allow the Buperfluous quicksilver to drain ofl', is loaded with weights, under which it remains till the adhesion is com- plete. To convex and concave mirrors, the amalgamated foil is applied by accurately fitting plaster moulds. The interior of globes is silvered by introducing a liquid amalgam, and turning about the globe till every part ia covered with it. But a method of literally silvering glass has lately been patented by Mr. Drayton. He mixes 1 oz. of nitrate of .silver, 3 oz. of water, 1 oz. of liquid ammonia, and 3 oz. of spirit of wine, and Altera the solution after it has stood 3 or 4 hours. To every ounce of solution he adds \ oz. of sugar (grape sugar, if possible,) dissolved in equal quantities of water an4 alcohol. The surface to be silvered is covered with this ? liquid, and a temperature of 160 degrees F. maintained, till the deposition of the silver is complete. When quite dry, the coated surface is covered with mastic varnish. Cement for Steam Pii'es. — Good linseed oil varnisk, groun(\ with equal weights of white lead, cxide of mw^ gftnese and pipe-clay. 32 TAkA7ABIje RECIPEl. Inks.- -The followmg arc specimens of the most oat ful kiuds of Ink :- Black Writing IiiK. — Bruised Aleppo galls 6 oz,, 8ofl water G pints ; boil together, add 4 oz. of sulphate ci iron and 4 oz, of gum Arabic. Put the whole in « bottle, and keep it in a warm place, shaking it occa- gionally. In 'i. months pour it off into glass bottles, and add to each pint a grain of corrosive sublimate, or 3 or 4 drops of creosote. Add 1 oz. of brown sugar to the above, and it will make'^ood Copying Inl^. Red Writing Ink. — Best ground Brazil wood 4 oz., diluted a-.etic acid a pint, alum \ ov.. ; boil them slowly in a cov»ired tinned coi)por, or enaint-llcd sance])an, for an horn, strain, and add \ oz. gum. Some direct the Brazil «vood to infuse for 2 or 3 days before boiling. Blue Ink. — Prepare a solution of iodide of iron from iodine, iron and water ; add to the solution half as much iodine as first used. Pour this solution into semi-satu- rated solution of ferro-prussiate of potash, containing nearly as ranch of the salt as the wliole weight of iodine Collect the precipitate, wash it, and finally dissolve it in water, to form the blue ink. The solution from which the precipitate is separated, evaporated to drynea«. and Ihe residue fused, re-dissolved and crystallized, yields 5jure iodide of pDtassium. This process is patented. Gold and Silver Ink. — Fine bronze powder, or gold CT silver leaf, ground with a little sulphate of potash, and washod from the salt, is mixed with water and a Euflicient quantity of gum. Ink fur Marking Linen. — Nitrate of silver 100 gr., dis- tilled water I oz., gum Arabic 2 dr., sap green a scruple; dissolve. Tbf linen is lirst to be wetted with the fol- lowing " pounce," dried and rubbed smooth, then writ- ten on by a cl(!an quill or bone pen dipped in the ink. Pounce : Suljcarbonate of soda 1 oz., water 8 oz. Indelible Ink. — Take 20 parts of Dantzig potash, !• of tanned leather parings, and 5 of sulphur; boil them In an iron pot with sufficient water to dryness ; then raisa the iicat, stiiring tlie matttr constantly, till the wholi becomes soft, taliing care that it does not ignite. Add iufficient water, and filter through cloth. It must b< kupt irom the air. It re&i.sts many chemicai agents. vjlLoable recipes. 31 Cement fop Glass, China,. &c. — Isinglass 1 ez., di* tilled water 6 oz., boil to 3 oz., ana aad i^ oz. of recti- fied spirit. Boil for a minute or two, strain, and add, while hot, first ^ oz. of a piilky emulsion of ammoniac, and then 6 dr. of tincture of mastic. [There are various kinds of this cement sold, and some of the improvementa introduced have not been made public] Coppersmiths' Cement. — Powdered quicklime, mixed with bullock's blood, and applied immediately. Gn-piNG. — Leaf gold is aflixed to various surfaces, properly prepared by gold size, or other adhesive medi- um. Metallic surfacej^ are coated with gold by meaua of amalgam of gold and mercury, applied with a wire brush, wet with an acid solution of mercury, made by dissolving 10 pai'ts of mercury in 11 of nitric acid, by a gentle heat, and adding 2h parts of water. The article thus coated is heated over charcoal till the mercury i« dissipated, and afterwards burnished. To give it*^ red- der color, it is covered with gilder's wax, (a compound of verdigris, ochre, alum and yellow wax,) again exposed to heat, and afterwards washed and cleaned by a scratch brush and vinegar. An inferior kind of gilding is effect- ed by dissolving gold, with a fifth of its weight of cop- per, in nitro-muriatic acid, dipping rags in the solution, drying and burning them, and rubbing the ashes on the metallic surface with a cork dipped in salt and water. Electro-Gilding, by Elkington's patent process, is thus performed : — A solution of 5 oz. of gold is prepared aud boiled till it ceases to give out yellow vapors : the clear solution is mixed with 4 gallons of water, 20 lb. of bicarbonate of potash added, and the whole boiled for 2 hours. The articles, properly cleaned, are sus- pended on wires, aud moved about in the liquid from a few seconds to a minute, then washed, dried, and color- ed in the usual way. The solution used in gilding witfc the voltaic apparatus is made by dissolving ^ oz. ol oxide of gold, with 2 oz. of cyanide of potassium, m a pint of distilled water. Bali^s for Cleaning Clothes — Bath-brick 4 parte, pip«!-clay 8 parts, pumice 1, soft-soap 1 ; ochre, umber, or other color, to bring it to the desired shade, q. 8. | •z-gall to form a paste. Make into balls, and dry tbeat 94 VALUABLE RECIFES. To Stais Wood a Mahooaxt Colour (dark.* — BoH | lb of madder, and 2 oz. of lo;i^\vood, in a gallon of water, and brush the wood well over with the hot liquid. Whin dry. go over the wl^ole with a solution of 2 arachms of pearlash i'' a (^uart of water. To Stain ^f api.k a Mauogaxt Colour. — Drason 8 olood ^ oz., alkauot \ oz., aloes 1 dr.. spirit of wine Ifi ounces! Apply it with a sponge or brush. Rosicwooi). — Boil 8 oz. of logwood in 3 pints of watet antil reduced to half ; apply it boiling hot two or three •iaes. Ijttiug it dry between each. Afterwards put on the streaks with a camcl-liair pencil dipped in a solution of copperas and verdigris in decoction of logwood Ebony. — Wash the wood repeatedly with a solution of sulphate of iron ; let it dry, then apply a hot decor- iion of logwood and nutgalls for two or three times. When dry. wipe it with a wet sponge, and when dry, polish with linseed oil. French Polish. — Orange shell-lae, 22 oz., rectified apirit 4 phits ; dissolve. ErcHixG Fluids. For Steel. — Mix 10 parts of pure hydrochloric acid, 70 of distilled water, and a solution of 2 parts of chlorate of potash in 20 of water. Dilute t)efore using with from 100 to 200 parts of water. Foa OoPPKH. — Iodine 2 parts, iodide of potassium 5 parts, water 5 to 8 parts. SiLVKRixo Compound. — Nitrate of silver 1 part, cyan- ide of potassium (Liebig's) 3 parts, water sufficient to form a thick paste. Apply it with a rag. A baih for the same purpose is made by dissolving 100 parts of sulphite of soila. and 15 of nitrate of silver, in water and dipping the article to ])e silvered into it. Tkvcin"'; Pahki;. — Papi-r Wi.ll wetted with Canaaa ::>alsvm aid canip'.iine, and dried. SmaMi'oo Liquor. — Rum 3 quart", spirit of wine 1 pint, w it(>r ! piit. tinciuri' of cantharides \ oz., carbo- nate of am'uonia \ oz., salt of tartar one oz. Rub it on. x.)'\ afterwards w.isli with watei. By omitting the sail af tartar it nearly resembles the l)alm of Columbia. Waterproof Compound. — Suet 8 oz. linseed oil 8 oz,, yellow bees'-wax G oz.. neatsfoot oil U oz.. lamp-black i M., litharge ^ os Molt together, and stir till cold. TALUABLB RECIFES. S Court Piaster is made by repeatedly brushing ovef ftretched sarcenet with a polution of 1 part of isinglass in 8 of water, mixed with 8 parts of proof spirit, and finishing with a coat of tincture of Benzoin, or of balsam of Peru. Kittoe's Lotion- for Sumiurns, Freckles. &c. — Muri- ate of ammonia 1 dr., spring water a pint, lavender water 2 dr. Apply with a sponge 2 or 3 times a day. ■\ irgin's Milk. — Simple tincture of benzoin 2 dr orange-flower water 8 oz. It may be varied by using r ^se or elder-flower water. Coloring for Brandy, &c.— Sugar melted in a ladle till it is brown, and then dissolved in water or lime water. Colors for Liqcers. — Pink is given by cochineal, yellow by saflFi'on or saflBower. violet by litmus, blue by eulphate of indigo, saturated with chalk ; green by the last, with tincture of saffron, or by sap green. To Preserve Butter. — Powder finely, and mix to- ge^hm*. 2 parts of the best salt, 1 of loaf sugar, and 1 of oitie. To each pound of butter, well cleansed from the milk, add 1 oz. of this compound. It should not be used under a month. [Butter that has an unpleasant flavor is said to be improved by the additioi of 2^ dr. of bicarbonate of soda to 3 lbs. of butter. A turiiipy flavor may be prevented by only feeding the cows with tur- nips immediately after milking them.] To Preserve Eggs. — Jayne's liquid (expired patent) is thus made : — Take a bushel of lime, 2 lb. of salt, ^ lb. of cream of tartar, and water sufficient to form a solu lion strong enough to float an vixg. In this liquid it ia stated, eggs may be preserved for two years. How TO MAKE Fly Poison — A common poison for flies consists of white arsenic or king's yellow, with sugar, Ac. but the use of such compounds may lead to fata', ftccidents. A sweettMied infusion of quassia answers the same purpose, and is free from danger. Pepper, with milk, is also used : and also some adhesive compounds, by which they are fatidly entangled. Indian Ink. — Ileal lamp-black, produced by combus- tion of linseed oil, ground with gum, and infusion of gjiUs. I; i'S prepared both in a liquid and solid forna, lUo latter being dried ia the sun. Bed-bug Poisok. — Scotch snutf mi>xed with soft BO*p Sympathetic or Secret Inks. (The Bolutions used should be so nearly colotirless that khe writing is not seen till the agent is applied to render it risible.] 1. Digest 1 oz. of talfre, or oxide of cobalt, at a gentle heat, with 4 oz. of nitro-muriatic acid till no more is dis- Bolved, then add 1 oz. of common salS, and 10 oz. of water. If this be written with and the paper held to the fllra, the writing becomes green, unless the cobalt should be quite pure, in which case it will be blue. The addi- tion of a little nitrate of iron will impart the property of becoming green. It is used in chemical landscapes. fcx the foliage. 3. Boil oxide of cobalt in acetic acid. If a little com- mon salt be added, the writing becomes green when heated ; but with nitre it becomes a pale rasc-colour. 6. A solution of sulphate— or preferably, persulphate — of iron. It becomes black when washed with infusion of galls ; BLUE, by prusiate of potash. [This constitutes colourless ink, which becomes visible when written with on paper containing galls, or tannin, or prusiate of potash,] Fattenix(} Calves. — Aniseed \ lb, fenugree } lb, li«- 8t»ed meal 1 lb ; make it into a paste witlh milk, and cram them with it. Blake's Toothache. — Finely powdered alum 1 dr^ epirit nitric ether 7 dr. British Oil,— Oil of turpentine, and linseed oil, of •ach 8 oz. ; oil of amber, and oil of juniper, of each 4 OB. ; true I5arbadoes tar 3 oz. ; American Petroleoa (eeneca oil) 1 oz. ; mix. To Preserve Milk. — Milk the cow into glass boHlei^ and ecal them to keek out the aii. THE SECRET OF BEAUTY. Persona. Beauty. There are many things, itoth in nature and sci- ence, that are adapted to the personal improve- ment of all, which may be resorted to with com- mendable pride. It is our duty to make the best use of all our faculties tending to the improvement of both mind and body. Filihiness in every shape is always disgusting ; and those regardless of their personal appearance are a species of leprous eorea on the body of society. Neatness and cleanliness of person and drops, with a clear, beautiful skin, while teeth, and soft curling hair, attract the ad- miration of all ; while the apposite, even when be- decked in the most gorgeous and expensive habili- ments, are disliked and coutemued. The means here set forth, to enable all to enhance their charms, are within the reach of those even in the most humble circumstances, and at a very triO-'ngcost. They are ihe result of much laborioua research and years of extensive experience. Many of the foUowfng rcc pes are richly worth ten tiraea the coat of the whole. IMPROTINO THE COMPIJiXION' AND CLEARNESS OP THM SKIN. Cleanliness is always of essential Importance, not only aj) regards the looks or appearance, but as con- cerns our health and longevity. Free and frequent Ablutions in cold water, especially of the hands, face and neck, cannot be too highly recommended, using very little soap, and that of the linest and i>eit quality. Friction with a brush orcoarce towel S8 THE SECRET OF BEAUTY. ,1fl likewise serviceable. Persons accustoming them- eelves to daily ablutions in cold water are not lia- ble to take cold, or sutler from tbe most inclement weather and exposure, as ihose who nuglt'ct it, or use warm ins^tead ot cold water. They .S' liom havd cold leet, coughs, or sore throat. Too much cannot be said in favor of cold water ; it makes the skin clear, ruddy and beautiful, as nauire intended it should be, while those using v/arni wattr in its stead are goncraliy sufieriug from cold ; ihey are more liable to contract disease ; their skin becomca wrinkled, losing its beauty and clearnes-. It is best to change your under garments on going to bed, never sleeping in clothes you have worn through the day, but use clolhijig of the same kind. Alter your meals, remain quiec for an hour or so, if your business or duties will allow, as exer- cise is injurious kit such times. Sleep, good and sound, is es^eutial to health and persttnal appear- ance, while a rfstle^fs night leaves its traces on the counletiauce. Many pers-ons, especially tho-e called nervous, hardly ever know what a good nigh; 'a rest is. The Ibllowing. when observed, will usually enable them to enjoy that luxury : Use fricliou with a fleih brush, or coarse towel, freely over the body on going to bud ; lake from two to hve drops of spirits ui hartshorn in a little water, or as much Buper-carbonate of fcoda as will lie on a ten-cent piece. If not then inclined to sleep, commence counting while in bed, mo;ierately. one, two, three, and so ud till yon reach live hundred, if drow>inesi! is not sooner induc^d ; most persons wih' iiud tluun- selves overtaken with .-Ump i)etore they reach that number. Somet-mes a tcjjid bath before using the friction willfaciliiate the dis-posiiion to rest. From one to three grains of lactucarium, (a prepare* tiou cade from lettuce.) may occasionally be rescrted lo ; it has less injuriuus ettects than opium, vv.bich ts lot unfrequently resorted to. Those afflicted with headache during the night, ehould bathe the head with cold water, leave ofl THE SECRET OF BEAUTY. 2h the nigbt-cap, use friction to the fe«t, and wear woollen or worsted stockings in bed. REAEEDY FOR COLD FEET. Cold feet may be prevented by rubbing them and the aLkles briskly with the hand, or a towel, until a glow of heat is experienced. Daily washing the feet in cold water and rubbing till dry, promotes that action that nature requires, and will do much towards promoting health, prevent taking cold, or suffer ini; Irom cold feet. To Remove Freckles, TAN AND BLOTCHES, IMPRGTE THE COMPLEXION, AND BEUTIFY THE SKIX, FACE, NECK AND HANDS. Take half a pound of good white soap cut it into fmall thin pieces, and put it into one gallon of boil- ing f^oft water, stirring it until it is all dissolved. When it is cold, a bout the size of a nutmeg, a linen bandage so placed as gently to comj)ress ihe breast, without pic.-sing upon the nipple will assist its operaiion. We need scarcely say. \hh' must not be done during lacialioo or preguaucy. THK SECRET OF BEACTT. 4J Some of the old practitioners recommeud pound ed mint applied to the breasts, to check their exube rant Gfrowth, accompanied with bandages ; but to bandaVres as a general rule, we decidedly object ;— when necessary, they must be used with care as just stared. TiK.vXNESS, when accompanied with decrease of glrength, must also arise Irom disease, and we re- ooramend attention to the general health, as it may be the herald of consumption ; but if no decrease of srrength accompanies it, thouph not a disease, it i." still an enemy to beauty, as all angular develop- ment i.s in opposition to gracefulness of figure. We must tlierefore adopt a system, if we wish to produce that approach to emhonpoiitt which is necessary to the beautiful. A diet at once nourishing and strerigthetuDg. little exercise, from ten to twelve hours sleep, [say from 10 p. m. till 9 a. m.] — a soft bed, complete tranquillity of mind, little excitement even of a pleasurable character, good mild ale at dinner and supper, [but abstinence from spirits of all .sorts ] cr(-ain at breakfast and tea, with plenty of sugar, is necessary to the accomplishment of our object. It the bomm participates in the general leanness, its growth may be encouraged by having it loosely clothed, avoiding all pressure ; and fric- tion by the hand for an hour or two every day will assist much in its development ; but- nothing will more effectually preu^ni it, than the artificial pad- ding usually worn lo supply the natural deficiency, except it be the artificial bosom, said to be made of Indian rubber, but which we only speak of from re- port ; ihis would most effectually stop their growl h, destroy its complexion, and probably produce dis- ease, by a complete exclusion of the air, and repres- sion of the natural exhalations. THE CARE OF THE SKIN. Being assured that the preservation of health ia this important membrane ia one of the most eCfecliva M THE SECJIBT OF BEAUTY. meaos of prolonging life, we shall be most explicit on the subject. From what has been already said, it must be manifest, that if the pores of the skin be Btopp'^d up. the operations of digestion mast be im- paired, acridity and corruption of the juices must ea- 8ue, ruining tlie surface of the f-kin, and laying the foundation for acute disease. Our great object, then, is to keep the pores open by cleanliness, and give it tone by bathing and gentle friction ; and here, at tlie risk of being thought tautological, we shall enforce the necessity of all per-oos (ladies especially) pass- ing a wet sp'jnwe over the whole surface of the body every morning and evening, or at any rate every morning, commencing with tepid water, and adopting cold water as soon a^ they can bear it ; — then let the body be thoroughly dried with a soft towel, and rubbed with a poll flesh-bru^h. This ha- bit will not only beautify (he skin, and give it that transparency of complexion for which the Roman la- dies were so eminent ; but it will be the most effect- ual means of guarding against colds, and all the in- terruptions of the fvstcm of wlrch they are the fruit- • ul source ; it has a double effect, it beautifies, and it fortifies the skin. The late Sir Astley Cooper hag recorded, that to this habit he owed his robust health, aud said that though he was in the practice of go- ing out of hot crowded rooms at all times, night and day, without making any addition to his diesg, yet be never caught a cold. It will, in fact, make wo- man look lovely, by removing from her everything that reminds us of mortality, leaving only that im- age of himself with which God ha-^ endowed her. It is r-carcely necessary to inform my lair readers that the Fk n will be dried and hardened by expo- sure to the burning heat of the sun, or to a high wind ; when such expo>ure is unavoidable, the face should be slighty washed by the following prepara- tion : Take one Teaspoonful of Soda, one pint of Wa- ter, one Teaspoonful of Cologne Water, mix and ap- ply two or three times a day. On returning home, wash the face again with tepid water, and thorough* J TUE SECRET OF BEi^UTY. 51 ly dry it with a soft napkin. If exposed to dust or emoke, the face or neck should be wiped with a hniid- kerchief as soon as convenient, if there be no opi>oi> tunity of laving them. If eitting near the fire, per- Bons who value their complexions must protect tho lace, &c , with a screen. If, from walking, or otbtr exercise, or indeed from any cause whatever, there be moisture on the &kin, a handkerchief should be applied by flight pressure, so as to absorb, not wipe it away : thefe are the minor cares, which, though apparently unimportant, are necessary, as their o- mission would destroy the appearance of the com- plexion. Pkecadtioxs. — A few may still be necessary. Fric- tion to the neck acd arms should be performed hy means of a fle&h-brnsh, which, though soft, is suffi- ciently elastic to remove the scaly particles which sometimes appear after the application of water. When there is insut^cient action in the skin the hair glove n^ay be applied with advantage to the otlier parts of the body, care being taken to produce no abrasion of the skin. All eyternal applicationa are but temporary expe- dients, unless the stomach and intestines have their proper u<:tion. Nevi Materni, or birth marks, may be upon any part of the body, but usually appear upon the neck, face, or hoi\d ; at an adult afi;e these cannot be eradi, Gated, but when they are Ovb'^ereed upon an infant, the advice of a skilful surgeon should be taken. These marks are usually mp-sses of blood-vessels, being veins when the blue coiov* prevails, and arte- ries when the bright red predominates. We partic- ularly caution mothers against external s^pplicationa to such marks, without the advice of a physician. Moles. — The common mole is situivted in the mid- dle layer of the skin ; the coloring nratter 's proba- bly some chemical combination of inn ; they are often elevated abo"^e the surface, and then the nat- ural down of the skin over them is changed 'v^i^o a tuft of hair. Although th«y usually have iheii v- 52 THE SECRET OP BEAUTT. igin before Hrth, they eometimes appear at puberty or after life ; some also that have been obs'^rved at birth, disappear at puberty. We must inform our fair readers, that the less moles are trifled with, the better, and admonish them particularly agaiust the use of depilatories to remove the hair from them, a foetid suppurating wound is frequently the conse- quence of such attempts. A surgeon is the best ad- viser in thh case. Fkeckles. — These we can generally re-move, by external applications, but if the liver or stomach la out of order, it must have the first attention, or no external application can thoroughly succeed. Causb OF Freckles. — The skin, we must inform our read- ers, has charcoal, or carbon (as the chemists term it) for its base, and in proportion as the other elementa of which it is composed are driven off by heat, so will the spots upon the skin be more or less dark. Oxygen is another element of which the skin ia composed, and is disengaged from carbon by heat ; if, however, iron is present, the oxygen, upon being released from the carbon, would immediately unite therewith. Now, as it is well known that there is a considerable quantity of iron in the blood, especial- ly so in the blood of persons with red hair, the union of the oxygen with the iron will produce various shades of a rusty appearance, according to its puri- ty and its mixture with the charcoal or carbon ; the reader will therefore at once perceive the cause of freckles, which are the rusty appearances thus produced. Cure of Freckles. — For this purpose anoint the ekin every night, for from three to seven days, with Almond Paste made as follows : — Take one ounce o( Bitter Almonds, one ounce of Barley flour, and en- ough Honey to make all into a thin paste: if you think proper to attack the oxygen, apply this mixture to the freckles by means of camel-hair pencil : — Taka one Toaspoouful of Soda, one gill of cold water, ten drops of Cologne water, mix; persevere for a week or ten days ; if not successful, you may be more bo by • THE SECRET OF /JEAUTT. 55 attacking the iron ; then use this mixture for two or three days : — Take one Teacupful of cold sour milk, a Tableipoonfall of grated Horse-Radish, let ptand 12 hours, strain offand apply three times a day If none of these succeed, use the Lemon Creaa, Lemon Ckeam is made as follows : — Pu'; two Epoonsful of sweet cream into half pint of new milk ; squeeze into it the juice of one Lemon, add half tea- ciipful of Spirits, and half Teaspoonful of Alum, and oue Tablespoonful of Loaf Sugar ; boil for ten min- utes, skim it, and when cold, apply three times a day. Remember, however, that the stomach and the biliary system must at the same time be attended to, if they are out of order ; for, as before said, no ex- ternal applications can eradicate those appearances eflPectu illy and permanently, while the cause of the evil lies deeper than the ekin. Yellow AprEAiiAXCES sometimes present them- selves under the skin, frequently upon the neck — sometimes upon the face : sometimes they are small- er than a dime, sometimes larger than a dollar. A very efleotual way to remove them is, by rabbin g into them the flour of sulphur every night until they disappear ; this, however, sometimes creates a disagreeable odor, hence the very frequent rubbing of the part with roll brimstone has been adopted, and will commoulv remove them without the same dis- agreeable results. SuxBURX is nearly related to freckles, and arises from much the same cause — use the same remedies. Wr.ixkles. — These are still greater enemies to beauty than the preceding, but, fortunately, are u- Fually not seen until the approach of old age, unless brought on by dissipation, or disease ; the latter are much the most rap'd manufacturers of wrinkles* — By attention, a person with a good constitution may prevent the exhibition of these heralds of decay for ye:)rs at'ter the time of their common appearance— lor wriutvles are not so certam an indication of old age, as they ■ere of the wear and tear of the cousti' tution 5 we, in fact, do wrong in applying the term W THE SECRET OF BEADTT. [as generally understood] " old age," to a certaiB numlier of years ; the approach of this period should be calculated, not by time, but by the ravages o( denay. Many person?, frora disease, or more often, from profligacy, are old at thirty, while we see oth- ers of sixty with the animal spirits and activity of matured strength. Wrinkles are occasioned by the obbtruction or obliteration of the finer blood ve.-selg; when this occurs, the larger veins are loaded, and pro'rude, as may be seen in the veins on the back of the hands of very aged perfons ; while wrinkles are in other parts prodnced by the absence of the blood, caused by the obstruction and obliteration above alluded to; or, by the same process acting on the small pipes which convey that moisture to the skia which keep^ it smooth, soft, and flexible. Our ob- ject then is, first, to prevent wrinkles, by preserving undiminished the action of the skin, and thus secur- ing the assistance of the minor blood-vessels ; and, secondly, to direct how wrinkles may be removed, if acquired. To effect the first object, cold water bathing is the best ; observing, however, that as age advances, tepid water, instead of cold, must be used for the morning an*! evening ablutions. A warm bath, with friction for a quarter of an hour with a eoft flesh brush [after being thoroughly dried], will be a great regenerator of the appearance. A. nutri- tive, but not over phlogistic diet, is also necessary to ward off these unpleasant visitors ; and we need hardly say, that temperance is indispensable, and early hours equally so ; for late hours will, in 8ome degree, retard our operations, or, at any rate, will pri;vent their proper and natural effect. The sys- tem recommended must be scrupulously followed, if wrinkles have appeared and are wished to be got rid of We need here hardly repeat, that air and exercise are also indispensable ; without these, health cannot be pn served ; in the absence of health, little can be done by cosmetics, except ia temporary apfiearanee. The philosophy of the opcra^iion ofS^deetroying THE S:>:CRET or BEi.UTT. 5| wrinkles is founded ujx)a the opening, by stimulat* ing the small thread-lilie blood vessels, andmoisfr nre pipes, wh'ch have boea closed ; if the stimulat- ing process be pursued previous to the, closing of these vessels, they will rot be obliterated. Our readers will therefore perceive our directions are founded upon common seuje, and that very little thought would have render 'i'i our advice unneces- sary. The Worm-pimple, with bi a.ck points, is one of the most common appearancen, and not less unsight- ly than annoying. The cause cf it is, obstruction of the pores of the skin, generall*.' from want of atten- tion ; perspiration is allowed to accumulate and become hard in the mouths o^ these small pipes, irritation ensues, the pimple r s?s, and the black point becomes prominent. This point is, however, nothing more nor less than pers\)iration allowed to accumulate until it actually has Ihe consistence ot a paste, and is loaded with impLriiies. The only way to eradicate this appearaac >, when formed, is to press out the extraneous matter very carefully. To prevent its return, cleanliness and friction of the skin only are required, with ord'nary attentioQ to the digestive organs. BEAUTY DERIVED FROM DRP'>S. A few hints upon this subject may not be amiss. Ladies of fair complexion may even wear the pu- rest white ; they should, in the choice of colors, se- lect such as are light and brilliant — rose, blue, or, if there be a slight tinge of brown in the carnation, light yellow ; be it. however, observed, that a per- fectly light complexion would become almost livid by being opposed to yellow. Bright colors brighten a light complexion, dark ones would give it the ap. pearance of alabaster, destroy its life, and leave it without expression ; on the contrp-ry, if light colors wore opposed to a dark complexion, it would ap. 56 THE SECRET OP BEAUTY. pear dull, lifeless, and inanimate ; the most suit- able color for this is some of the varieties of yellow. Amber, for instance, is peculiarly suitable ,• violet, puce, dark blue, purple, dark green, or even black, make it appear more fair, become animated, and enable it liequeatly to bear away the palm from its blonde competitors. The fashion of the form of a dress is frequently followed without any regard to the propriety of its adoption ; but this is quite contrary to good (aste. Nothing can look much more absurd than a short, stout flgure adorned with a superfluity of flounces and trimmings, yet the power of fashion forces such exhibitions into continual notice ; even when fash- ion has decreed the flounces and trimmings shall be worn, such a figure need not be made ridiculous, and be made to bear as near as possible a resem- blance to the prince of a Christmas d inner- table ; in such a case let the trimmings be placed as low as possible, and the dress be made very long ; the body also should be as long as convenient, and be made to fit tight. If the dress then bangs in graceful folds, it will add much to the appearance of length. The arrangements of the upper part of th^ per- son can also be made to add to, or to diminish the height. Much trimming about the neck of a short stout person must mike her look shorter ; her ob- ject should be to elongate the appearance of the neck, and thus further destroy the appearance of a superfluity of substance. Nature is especially kind to the ladies in giving them so many personal ad- vantages. Their hair offers them another means of apparently increasing their stature ; in so doing care must be taken not to raise the head-dress dis- proportionately, as, to the above figure, it would give the appearance of a mountain stuck upon a pigmy ; it should, however, be elevated in sorao measure, and at the same time diminished as much in breadth as will be consistent with the features, for we must not destroy a charm while we are at* tempting to remedy an eviL THE SECRET OF BEAUTY. 81 All parts, indeed, of a lady's dress may be made to improve her figure or her face ; nor is the bonnet the least important- -how many pretty faces have been spoiled by an ugly bonnet ! fashion being the only thing attended to ; a good taste will enable a person to avoid this. The trimmings may be gen- erally so arranged as to suit a face by making the fashion meet them half-way : if fashion dictate aa absurdly large or small bonnet, which is inappro- priate to a certain physiognomy, let such a peisoii ati^pt that degree of addition or diminution whicli wll be sufiicient to be within the bounds of fashion without spoiling her appearance, and she may de- pend that the " graceful " will always ensure more admirers than the fashionable. Everything that we have said upon a short figure must of course be reversed with a tall one. Trim- mings and flounces may be adopted ad lihtum ; the dress should be made full, and the lines being broken by the flounces, the height of the figure will be diminished ; if this is required to be doiu- still more, the dress should not reach the ground j th'W the eye stops as it were in its survey, and the arti- fice is not perceived. PERFUMES AND ARTICLES FOR THE TOILETTE, TiT« COMPLEXION, &C. Cologne PTa/er.— Take 38 drops of e.«seJice •/ cedrat, 38 do. of bergamotte, GO do. of oranges, 38 do. of citronella, 32 do. of neroli, 26 do. of meli&sr*. 1 pint of alcohol. Mix, and let stand two weeka ; then strain through filtering paper, or fine muslin. Honey Water. — Take 1 ounce essence bergamotte, 3 drachms of oil of lavender, Jialf a drachm of oil of cloves, half a drachm of aromatic vinegar. 6 grains of musk, a pint and a half of alcohol. Mix, and let stand two weeks, then strain. Tke DUectible Odor. — Take four ounces of rr ie- water, ^ do. of orange-flower water, 1 drachm of •il of cloves, 1 drachm of oil of lavender, 2 dracl >• 68 THE SECRET OF BE1.UTT. of oil of bergamof.te, 2 grains of musk, and 1 pint of alcohol. Dissolve the mnsk urA ambergris in the spirit of wine, then mix the wnolc well Lavender Water. — Take a pict of alcohol, essen- tial oil of lavender, one ounce ; put all into a quart bottle and shake well. Aromatic Vinegatr. — Take \ ounce of dried top3 of rosemary, 1 ounce of diicd leaves of sag-e, 1 ounce of dried flowers of lavender, I drachm of clovep, 1 drachm of camphor, one pint and a half of distilled vinegar. Macerate for fourteen days, with heat, and then filter. Used to produce a fine soft feeling of the hands and face. Macassar Oil. — Take 1 quart of olive oil, 2\ ounces of alcohol, 1 ounce of cinnamon powder, 5 drachms of bergamotte. Heat them together in a large pip- kin, then remove it from the fire, and add 4 small pieces of aliiauet ruot ; ke< p it closely covered tor six hours, let it then be filtered through afujioel liutd with fi;ie flannel. Cold Cream. — Take 2 drachms of white wax, 2 drachms of spermaceti, 2 ounces of hog's-lF.rd ; put altogether into ajar, which place into boIJiug water and stir till all is melted ; take it out of the water, and stir till nearly cold, then pour the Mixture into rose-water, and with the hand work i6 thoroughly, changing the water until the cream is very white. Return It to the jar, and as soon as it is meltc.d, add 1 drachm of oil of almonds, and any perfume you approve. Let these be thoroughly incorporated, then remove it. When cold, put it up iu rose-water ; Jf you wish to keep it in the greatest perfection, ihange the rose-water every day. Lip Honey. — Take 2 ounces of fine honey, 1 ounce of puriflad wax, and half an ounce of myrrh. Mix over a slow fire, and add milk of roses, Eau-de-Co Icgne, or any perfume you may prefer. Preventive Wash for Sanbarn. — Take 2 drachms of borax, 1 drachm of Roman alum, 1 drachm of camphoi, half an ounce of sugar-candy, 1 pound of 6j[-^all. Mi¥ and stir well together, and repeat tho THE SECRET OF BEAUTY. 59 itii.ing three or four times a day, until it becomes tratisparent. Then strain it through filtering or blotting-paper, and it will be fit for use. Wash the face with the mixture before you go into the sun. How to Cure Sanhnrn, Tan, Freckles, ecomes long, narrow, dis- torted, and ungraceful when used. If the preceding rules be adhered to, the dress of a lady, chosen with regard to propriety, station, ttnd her acquirements, cannot fail to be useful, grace- ful, and in good taste. Let her never, on account of economy, wear either what she deems an ugly or an ungraceful garment ; such garments never put her at her ease, and are neglected and cast aside long before they have done her their true service. We are careful only of those things which suit us and which we believe adorn us, and the mere fact of believing that we look well, goes a great way towards making us io so. Fashion should be sacri- ficed to taste, or, at best, followed at a distance ; it does not do to be entirely out, nor completely in, what is called " fashion," many things being em- braced under that term which are frivolous, unmean- ing, and sometimes meretricious. Lastly, a becoming modesty is always to be re- tained, and this may be ever done compatibly with extreme taste and ornament. If this is not done, it will have the worst effects, and not alone in the dress will it be found, but in the look and bearing which accompanies the costume. If a swimming, car<3less walk be indulged in, a lady, like Delilah, in Samson Agoni&tes, will be judged of at a dis- tance THE DRESS OP GENTLEMEN. o A very graceful Latin author, who was a dandj in his time, declares that it is difficult to say any- thing smart upon a common subject. And if so, what more common and ugly than the present dress of the male sex ? Woman, happy creature, may adorn herself and make herself look charming — but man, poor man, with his stiff coat and stiffer collar, with hif^ straight b-wt and straighter hat, what can 68 QOW TO DRESS ^e do? He indeed has been fuVyected to rariooB rough hints and severe rebukes upon this subject, but it has apparently had no effect upon him, or ra- ther upon his tailor. Caricaturists without number have assailed him ; critics have pointed out the sen- 'Eelessness and uselessness of various parts of hia costume; but still the coat remains the same, the tails of which are of no use, and collars rolled back BO as to encumber the neck and spoil the appearance of the shoulder?. So much do they contribute to this effect, that it is apparent to all, and we have but to point out an illustration, and the truth of our statement will be at once seen and acknowledged. We had better, to begin with an unpleasant sub- ject, first commence upon a man's coat. And here, indeed, we have some slight glimpses of hope and partial reform. "Men," it has been written, " are restricted to a costume which expresses nothing be- yond a general sense of their own unfitness to be seen," and a little while ago it was true ; but lately the overcoat has become, Irom the introduction of the short cloak or poncho, more flowing and artistic, and, were it not that the stupidly straight and scanty Noah's- Ark coat has been with senseless yonng men somewhat in vogue, we might indulge in a pleas- ing hope that f omethlng more useful, more elegant, and more comfortable, would ere long be adopted. But to the coat, that contrivance which "covers Only one-half of a man's person, and does not fit that." The coat in morning costume, and gentle- men should bear in mind that in the early part oT the day they only can appear in co'.ored and lighf' ijarmeuts, according to the strict rules of etiquette i *^e coat of a morning may be of various colors, ^^i^e^ should be adapted to the complexion and fig- Tfr^ of ihe wearer ; and when so, do certainly set a ?»^»<> off to more advantage than in the evening- ••'flx^^isL The latter should always be black, varied wltt» a white waiscoat, and a white cravat, which tre both very diflBcult " to look well in," as the -phrase goes ; that is, they sai^ very few people — HOW TO DRESS. 69 Bean Biummel had a natural antipathy to a whits waistcoat with black coat and trowsers, and very naturally compared a man dressed thus to a jack- daw. Bulwer, the most supercilious and insuffer- able of coxcombs, that is to say, in print, will al- low a man to have only a thin gold chain append- ed to his watch upon such occasions ; but recently etiquette has baiii?hed watches, probably becausn only men of business and not men of fashion need them, and allows only the eye-glass. The shirt-front, says my Lady Etiquette, should be plain, in small folds, and without studs or but- tons, upon which we may reasonably conclude that it should fasten behind. Of shirt-collars, what shall we gay ? In the good old days, before the Croats of the Emperor Alex- ander taught us to wear dreadfully stiflT-neck cover- ings, called after them cravats, the collars to the shirt were very small indeed, and before then we had fine lace affairs which were graceful and ele- gant. But now the collars are senseless, uncom- fortable, and useless. Detached from the shirt, they are only put on for certain dandified purposes, and they are altogether so ridiculous, that is, when in the extreme of fashion, that we prefer to say noth- ing more about them. The cravat, or necktie, is an improvement on the old stiff stock, and perhaps ou^ variable climate will not allow us to banish it altogether. Science tella us, however, that the freer the neck the better the health, and consequently small neckties are not only more graceful, but also more healthful. Of the trowsers little need be said. When full at the bottom they serve to hide a large foot. If colored trowsei-s are worn, those patterns s-hould be chosen which conform to the rules of taste. Bars running across the. legs s-hould be avoided, aod also all large staring patterns. Stripes down the fide, 01 stripes of any sort, should be worn only by those who are tall, and whose legs are straight, or else the eye running along the stripe will quickly dis* cover any deviation from the perpendicular. 70 HOW TC DRE3S. The colors of the nether integuments may be va» rious, but light colors do not suit town, and they are oi>ly worn to advantage in the country. We may add a few general maxims, applied to both sexes, and our task will be done. "All affectation in dresf.," says Chesterfield, "im- plies a flaw in the understanding." One should, therefore, avoid being singular, or attracting the notice, and the tongues of the sarcastic, by being eccentric. Never dress against any one. Choose those gar- ments which suit you, and look well upon you, perfectly irrespective of the fact that a lady or gen- tleman in the same village or street may excel you. When dressed for company, strive to appear aa easy and natural as if you were in undress. Noth- ing is more distressing to a sensitive person, or more ridiculous than to see a lady laboring under the consciousness of a fine gown ; or a gentleman who is stiflT, awkward, and ungainly in a bran-new coat. Dress according to your age It is bolh painful and ridiculous to see an old lady dressed as a belle of four- and- twenty. Or an old fellow, old enough for a grandfather, affecting the costume and the man- ners of a beau. Young men should be well dressed, not foppishlyj but neatly and well. An untidy person attive-and- twenty, degenerates, very frequently, into a sloveo and a boor at fifty. Be not loo negligent, nor too studied in your at- tire ; and lastly, let your behavior and conveisatloa Buit the clothes you wear, bo thtvt these who k'low you may feel that, after all, dresa a.nd e.^t'^rnal ap- pearance ie tlie least portion of (\ IiJivr o\ THE GUIDE TO HEALTH; OR HOW To Live a Hundred Years. Origin of Life. Origin of Life. — Life originates in a cell or vesi- cle. This cell is a growth, a formation, a vegeta- tion. Whether the living being is to be minute or monstrous, simple or compound, a creature of a day, or a being of immortality, a cell or microscopic point is the origin of its existence. It is from thia cell or vesicle, the vital force, as it is termed, evolves the range of diversified results wo see in all animated nature. Of the particular nature of this vital force, how it is produced, how applied or how it excites to form and motion, there is much mas- tery. "We can watch the workings of life ; we can learn some of its laws, but of life itself, or of vital force, there is mucb guess-work. The vital force bag been classed with heat, light, electrici'y, and nerve force ; but whether it is a dififerent or a com- bination of these separate forces, it is certain that this vital force or principle alone produces, sus- tains, and controls the action of animated beings. Where this is present there is life 5 where it is ex- hausted there is death. The first visible state of a human being is a small pulpy or jelly-like substance, approaching the na- ture of albumen or white of egg. In this pulpy o«ll Of globule, various partici«s of more solid mattcf J2 THE tr -OE TO BEALTB, begin to appear. These particles of matter, actrnp* by force of vitality, gradually increase in bulk 8n:scr extent may be pro- daced in any part of the body. If that condition of the bra'n exist which would tend to apoplexy, should an exciting cause present iiself, the warm Burface of the body, chilled by cold, may prove to be such exciting cause and the disease will be pro- duced. The same may be said of congestion of the lungs, liver, stomach, bowels, &c., &c. The greater and more sudden the change, generally the more eerious and fatal tlie disease. The practical lesions to be learned from these observations are, the importance of maintaining a uniform temperature, through the clothing, accor- ding to the season of the year, and climate. In cold seasons active exercise and partaking of an animal or stimulating diet may bj necessary. On removal from a tempeiate to a cold climate, we should have recourse to furs, animal food, stimula- ting drinks, exercise and sports, to counteract the eliecls of cold. In warm seasons exercise nhould be. less active, the diet less stimulating, less in quantity, | and frequent ablutions should be had recourse to. . On changing a temperate for a tropical climate, the woolen should be laid aside for cotton clothing, the stimulating animal diet and vinous drinks for those much simpler and milder ; and calm repose, to a considerable extent, from active exercise. Ei eases, self-preeervation, as well as enlightened btj* OB HOW TO LIVE A HDNDllED TEARS. 71> nevolence, should prompt us to correct the sources of them, as well as to adopt all the sanitary means necefcsary for promoting the public health. In every situation visited by endemic diseases, the land should be well drained and cultivated ; water should not be allowed to remain stagnant, embankments should be raised, and every possible attention paid to the cleanliness of the mone filthy districts of towns. Dwelling-houses should be built on elevated situa- tions, and windward of any particular pestilential soupce during the prevailing winds of that part of the country. The moist night-air should be care- fully excluded, and moisture, which is the usaal vehicle of the noxious exhalation, should in every iLCtauce be particularly counteracted. Too great stress cannot be laid on the necessity of inculcating habits of universal obedience to the physical laws of our nature. The inhabitants of uiiasmatic districts should have recourse to a regu- lar and generous diet ; if no other than the marsh water can be procured, it should be purified by boiling and filtration. Advice to Females. Advice to Females — In relation to health and disease, the physical and mental distinctions of sex occupy as important a position as do their appear- ance. The general difctinciion between the male and female may be summed up in the peculiar deli- cacy of organization ol the latter. In woman we observe a more exalted sensibility, and stronger feelings and passions than in man. This fact natu- rally infers tne propriety of that education of the female which should particularly invigorate the system. Her education has been too exclusively mental and sedentary ; while not the leas-t impor- tant imp ing the transpired fluids of the system, or the moist- ure of the air, is generally preferred. Materials for clothing should be as destitute as possible of the property of absorbing and retaining moisture, be- cause moisture renders apparel a good condi ctor of 90 THE OUIPE TO HEA.LTH, heat. Ht'nce, damp clothing shouM never be worn, fts it retains Igsp heat thau dry. In this variable climate, a bad conductor of heat ebould be worn next the skin ; the best for this purpose is flannel. If thin and very fine flannel tannot be borne, calico should be substituted in the summer, and the flannel lined with calico in the winter. The flannel clothino: next to the skin should Dot be worn during the night, being then unneces- sary and injurious. All parls of the dress should fit loosely. Close-fltiing garments are always asso- ciated with Apoplexy, Cosilveness, Headaches, and bad Breath, How to Warm the Feet. An important appendage to the clothing of the body is that of the feet. Their clothing should be strictly regulated by tJae temperature of the atmo- sphere, and according to the surface of the earth. There is scarcely a disease of the body of which coldness and dampness of the feet maj not be the exciting cause. Besides, by the intimate sympathy subsisting between the surface of the body and the various internal organs, coldness of the feet acts prejudicially on these latter, by the suppression of much perspiration, and the determination of the blood to the inner parts of the body. Throat and chest affections, stomach and bowel disorders, and apoplexies, are induced by coldness and moistnesa of the feet. Where there is a difficulty in keeping the feet warm, lamb's wool or worsted stockings §hould be used. The shoes ought also to be made large, and as near to the shape of the foot as possi- ble ; and in damp weather a layer of cork should be included in the sole of the shoe, which, of course, should be thick. What to Sleep on. A mattress is preferable to a fea!her-bed. The Utter is relaxing, weakening and, frum the animal OR HOW TO LIVE A HUNDRED YEARS. 91 matters of the feathers decaying, not very jweet. A cotton mattress has none of these objections. U is even preferable to hair and wool, being free from the odors of grease and staleness to which they -are Eubject. Few and light-bed clothes are preferable to many and heavy ones. Warm light-bed clothing 16 especially desirable for old persons ; from neglect of this they are often in cold weather subject to a great mortality. It has been found, by experience, that prepared corn hui-ks make the best, sweetest, and healthiest of beds. Few persons who have thoroughly tried the corn husk«!, would be willing to exchange them for either feather, hair or wool. Bathing. The surface of the skin is daily covered with ex- cretions, oil. scales, salts, perspiration, and the like, and, to maintain purity of blood and body, daily ablution is required. Water removes the salts, and soap the oily excretions. If the health is good, and the body full of animal life, the cold bath may be used in summer, and the tepid in winter. Besides answering the end of cleanliness, enld bathing exerta a tonic effect on the system, and diminishes the sus- ceptibility of the surface of the body to the varia- tions of temperature. But to those of fetble body, or cold flesh, and not easily warmed alter the cold bath, we recommend the tepid or warm bath in ita Btead. Sponging the body daily with cold water is exceedingly conducive to health. If cold water alone produces too great a chilliness of the surface, vinegar or salt may be added to it, in the propor- ticn of one part of vinegar to four part.^ of water. The conditions of bathing are that the coldtr tb® water the shorter thould be the immersion. Bathing should not be indulged in if fatigued, during the fnlness of the stomach, nor after drinking gti.'-aulat- 92 THE GUIDE TO HEALTH. ing liquors. Cold bathing is more boncfic'al when the mind is free and active — in a state of despond- ency the warm bath is preferable. All persons sub- ject to pulmonary or rheumatic complaims should bathe once a day in either a cold, tepid, or warm bath, if they desire to lengthi-n their days. Bodily Exercise. The body possesses no fewer than fonr hundred muscles, aad each muscle is designed to serve some particular end. A sound state of body requires that everyone of these muscles be broiisht into daily ac- tion in proper circumstances. The laws of life declare tbat only by a certain amount of daily ex- ercise will each muscle gain in strength and sound- ness; othe'wise it must become feeble, delicate, and dead. Exercise, therefore, must not be confined to any particular set of muscles, but should be as gen- eral as possible. Horse exercise is better than rid- ing in a carriage, but walking is better than either. Quick walking is better than slow, and running thaa either, but a judicious combination is preferable to either separately. Next, to exercise of the legs ia that of the arms. Dumb-bells, skipping-rope, row- ing, gymnastic feats wiib poles, ropes, fencing, ten- pins, billiards, base-ball, cricket, sawing wood, planing boards, digging a garden, are all highly serviceable. Exercise should not only call into ac- tion, occa'iionally, the ditterent parts of the body, but should, for the maintenance of health, be regu- larly and daily followed, if possible in an elevated, dry, and rather cold than warm situation. The de- gree of exercise must depend upon the age and iirength of the individual, but should be short of absolute fatigue. Active exercise should not be taken immediately brfore nor after eating. Nor should persons rest suddenly from active, perspir- ing, exercise, and sit in a cold situation. Such sud- den change h dangerous. OB HOW TO LIVE A HUNDRED YEARS. 93 Development of the Voice and Lungs. The laws of the langs imply that a large chest it the result of expanding and distending the lungs as much as possible at every inspiration. The lungs being a kind of bellows, speaking, singing, and reading aloud is a benehcial means of working them, and extending their capacity. Besides, these opera- tions strengthen the voice and the muscles of the throat, and perfect the pronunciation. Wind instru- ments, if commenced to be played upon in early youth, by those of good constitutions, are capital developers of the chest and lungs. But reciting, singing, and reading aloud, ehouid be encouraged ia every family. Mental Exercise. The training of the body to perfection is strictly harmonious with the highest mental cultivation. If exercise is beneficial for the body, so also is it beneficial to the mind. But in both cases the exer- cise must be conduct'^d in subservience to the laws of nature — that is th'j corporeal and mental natures Aould be evenly balanced. The future prospecta of the rising generat^'on will be better promoted by attention to the physical education in just propor- tion to the mental than by an overstrained atten- tion to the mental cnly. Thousands are annually eacrificed by this partial attention to the education of youth. If excivsive attention be pa'd by the horticulturist to the leaves and blossoms of a plant, to the neglect of the root and stem on which they are dependent, the plant will perish ; so if the men tal powers of youth be cultivated to the exclusion of a robust body disease an-d an early death ia the eeriain penalty. 94 THK GUIDE TO HEAITH, Recreation. Amusements and recreation are pubjecls of rational study It is a law of our nature that we cannot eecure a souud body and sane mind, without in- dulging in bodily sports and mental amusements. There are medical properties in laughing, romping, and joking. Stern etiquette and decorum originate d ill a diseased system — they are associated with fee' bleness, plots, and paltriness. Wisdom lies midway between the extremes of labor and relaxation. Th-a longest livers have been they who indulged in mod- erate hilarity, and unbent the body and mind from the drudgery of the current labors of life. The penalty paid by the lazy and idle is debility, bodily and mental lassitude, indigestion, disturb- d sleep, bad health, and early death. The penalty paid by " all work and no play," is a desire for stimulants, general insensibility, grossness of feeling, and ava- rice. It is better to companion *• Sport that wrinkled Care derideis. And Laughter holding both his sides." How to Sleep. Sleep ia as necessary for the renovation and healthful repose of the nervous pystem, and the mind, as food and drink are for the muscles, bones, and other parts of the body. Rest alone, unaccom- panied by the oblivial state of insensibility calU'd sleep, will not restore the lost vigor occasioned by long-continued efforts. At the close of a laborious day the muscles relax, and become languid, the eyes grow dim and heavy, the blood flows laz I7, the head nods, the mind becomes oblivious. Novr it is that the nervous power, ceasing from labor, obtains refreshment and renewal for the com if g day. How necessary therefore that the sleep should be sound ! OR HOW TO LIVE A UUXDllT-D YKAK8. 9. Sleep, like the taking of food, should be rfirul.;r. Too little causes languor aud an early exliaaatioij ; loo much produces heavy, benumbing inlluenees ou body and mind. The quantity of sleep required i:^ consJderabiy influenced by the amount of labor during the day, by habit, also by the health and constitution of individuals. The feeble, nervous, irritable, scantily fed, and intemperate, will require more sleep than those who are muscular, temperate, good-natured, and fairly fed. In childhood more eleep is required than in manhood. Seven or eight hours may be said to be an average time for sleep, which should not be commenced immediately after taking food. The most certain promoters of a sound rest are, avoiding sleep during the day, taking fair exercise and labor, mental peace, temperate and wholesome supply of food, a properly ventilated and large bed-room, light bed-clothing, warm feet, and the head ipoderately elevated. Ventilation. The common air is a fluid composed mainly ol two gases in certain proportions ; namely, oxygen as 20, aud nitrogen as 80 parts in a hundred, with a minute addition of carbonic acid gas. Such is air in the state we require it for respiration. If these proportions are in any way deranged by breathing, miasm from stagnant water, marshes, privies, or the like, it cannot be breathed without producing inju- rious results. Breathing air once destroys it for fur- ther respiration. One person consumes or breathei halt a cubic foot of air every miaute ; and a rooir of sixteen foet square and nine feet high will giv« Insufficient air for four persons for one hour, yet hun- dreds sit that length of time in a theatre sucking Iq each othrr's poisoned breath ! It will be seec that a contJDi'.ed supply of fresh air for all apart- ments 18 as necessary as a supply of heat in ^^ 96 THE OUIDE TO HEALTH, weather. In public boarding-houses, hotels, taverni, 2abias of steamboats, and the sleeping-places below deck, are to be found the daily nurseries of fatal diseases. Churches, leoture-roomr5, theatres, and school-rooms, are generally imperfectly ventilated, and greaily assist in cutting t-hort the thiead of life. What functions of the body is more important than respiration ? Its eject is to change the impure venous blood which has been circulated through the eystem, into the purer arterial blood through con- tact with the minute air-cells in the lungs. This renovation of the blood must necessarily depend upon the power of the lungs and the purily of the atmosphere. But the atmosphere becomes abridged ot its purity by densely crowded towns and rooms, drains, marshes, privies, &c. ; hence the necessity of a free ventilation of cities, and the continual ex- change, in apartments, of a contaminated air for one of a purer kind. The air of a room is rarified by heat, and rendered less efficient in aeration of the blood, consequently rooms should not be over-heat- ed. Generally speaking, fires should not be burned in bed-rooms, neitber should gas-lights be used. The curtains of beds should be kept drawn, and as little carpeting used as possible. Warming of beds not only renders the air deficient in quality for healthy respiration, but gives a morbid sensi bility to the surface of the skin, and debilitates the body. Sitting-rooms should not be over-heated ; yet fires, when judiciously managed, are important means to ventilation, the moderately heated air passing up the chimney and being constantly re- placed by colder air entering by the doors or win- dows. In every apartment there should be two con- stant currents ; one outward carrying off the foul uir, and one inward, bringing in pure air. Never rent a human habitation near air-infecting nuisances, such as a distillery, cow-stables, swill- milk factory, hog-pen, soap-factory, slaughter-house, lK>ne-boiling establish men t, tallow-melting places, grave-yards, or other pestilence producing influence OR HOW TO LIVE A HUNDRED TEARS. 9" f'^e purest air ia cities is contaminated enough, wilbout locating ourselves near these dcalh-deahug uoisauces, where it is still wors^j. Infiuence of the Passions on the Body. The reciprocal influence of the body and mind on each other, and in the production of disease, ia well known to medical men. The imagination is a frequent and powerful agent in the production and eradication of diseases. The pas^sions of excessive joy, fear, or anger, sometimes cau^e sudden death. Everything which tends to discompose or agitate the mind, whether it be excessive sorrow, rage or fear, envy or revenge, love or det^pair, tends to in- jure the health and abridge life. In individuals subject to anxiety and depreseloo pioduc.d by ad- versity in love, business, or the other wear and tear of ordinary life, we find t-tie iudijjett ve are usually the lirst to suffer. Flatulei.ce, spasmodic atlectiona of iho liver, sallow apj^)earanc€ of ihe leatures, sigh- tugs, palpitation, rupture of the hutsrt, and apo- plexy, follow the indigestive symptoms The most important part ol tho uemeoial mea- sures, in these cases whi^ie the pus^ious have beea allowed to obtain an undue ascendancy, will bg found in the cultivation of the powers ot judgment. Care and anxiety should be discour.T^eU, and ap- plication to studies should be interchanged with active exercise in the open air, and various kiudii &t amusement aud recreation adopted. Kow to Preserve the Teeth. Much of the health depends on the state of th« teeth. Teeth are lost from want or care, and some few from defects in families. But almost all teeth 98 THE GUIDE TO HEALTH, may be preserved by thorough cleanlincsa with • good brush and water after every meal. Small particles of food are liable to remain ia the irregu- licine^ of the leeth. and the spittle and the warmth of ihe muuih soon hasten their decay, which if not removed, breed ihou'ands of miuuie living animala >o eat through the hard enamel. Dirty teeth are therefore not only emblematic of their early decay, but also of the general habits of the person. How to Preserve the Eye-sight. When the general health is robust it is astonish- ing what an amount of labor the organs will en- dure ; but when the body is depressed, especially by mental disturbance, they are easily deranged by too close application to business. When they have become weak, much of their preservation depends on the proper management of light to which they are exposed. When the light is in excess it should be diminished, and when it is deficient labor should be discontinued. The light blue of the sky and the verdure of the fields are the natural colors to which the eye is naturally adapted, and which it will en* dure with most ease. Long fasiing and frequent heats and colds ; keep- ing the head too long in a hanging posture ; vio- lent head- aches, excessive venery, and diseases as small-pox and measles, are hurtful to the eyes. — All kinds of excess, particularly the immoderate use of ardent spirits, is injurious to the eye-sight. The following precautions will be useful. Nevefc ve glasses if it is possible to do without them. — Vhcn the s^ght is too short close tlie eyes, prea> the finger gently outward from the nose across the eyeg. Short sight is caused by too great roundness of the eye, and rubbing them from their inner to- wards their outer angles flattens them, and thu3 lengthens or exteijds the angle of vision. Bat as OR HOW TO LIVE A HUNDRED TEARS. S9 k'Qg eight is caused by too great flataess of th« eyes, passing the fingers from their outward angles inwardly, rounds them up, and thus preserves the eight. Never use a writing desk or table with your face towards a wiadow. In such a case the rays of light come <^'f*;ctly upon the pupil of the eye, causing a forc' J contraction thereof, and injury of the sight. ^ ways sit so that your face turn.-- /rom, not toward? ihe window, while reading or wriiing. It is best t r«a;i with ike light coming over your left aide; ther ihe light illumes the paper, and does not ehine uf n the eye-ball. Beware of reading or working' oj aa oscillatory or flickering light, as it produc i constant attraction and dilatation of the pupil. It is always hurtful and fatiguing to the eye tc read in an omaibus, railroad car, or steam- boat, ,s the constant vibration keeps the paper or book in continual motion, i^. shade of light-blue pap<'r over a lamp ameliorates the light, and cna- •i'«, the eyes to endure application with less fatiyue. How to Preserve the Hearing. The ear is one of the most necessary iostrumeats of a pleasurable existence, and i's health and pre- servation of the utmost importance. The external ear is both an ornament and an adaptation for eatching sounds, which are convoyed along the email opening till they strike the drum of the ear, an elusLic membrane of its inner extremity, attacl> ed to the bones forming the interior of the ear, i| the way that parchment is attached to the end of i common drum. The hollow drum of the ear being full of air, sound is formed by the air striking against its outer side ; a chain of small bones theu conveys the sound to the auditory nerve, which communicates it to the brain. The functions of the ear may be injured by ulcerg, wounds, cold in the head, fevers, excessive noise. too THE GUIDE TO HEALTH, •r gerjcral debility. The prevention ig in k-^oplnf up the general health by diet, exercise, and air.— When deafness is the effect of dryness, a few diopa of oil of almonds poured into them, and afterwards washed out with a pyringe and soap and warm wa- . ter is considered benelicial. Il deafness arises from too much moisture, it may be drained off by an Issue, and by cleanliness of the ears. But nei her the ears nor eyes should be tampered with ; they are delicate organs, and if their functions are fail- ing, good medical advice should be resorted to. — Prevention is what this treatise aims at, and that will be best accomplished by keeping up a vigorous tone of body, keeping the head free from heats and colds, and the feet free from damp and wet. Childhood; When ushered into life, man enters on an inde- pendent existence in a far more helpless state tliaa other animals ; many of them being able to walk, and look for their food immediately on atlainwig life, while a child would die if left to itseJt. Oi first entering on the stage of life a child req lirea to be carefully preserved from all shocks, and gra- dually to be accustomed to the stimulus of tht^ ex- ternal agents by wh ch it is surrounded. Its food should be simple and nourishing ; it ought to -U'ep much, to be kept dry, to have its skin wash' d ia tepid water with a piece of flannel or sponge, morn- ing and evening. Weaning should not long be deferred after the teeth have appeared, Wcmiing *hoald be gradual. A child's happiness here, and hereafter, greatly depends upon the right pliysiolo- gical training given to it from one to four years. Spring and "Winter of Life. When childhood merges into adolescence — when 'the vigorous development of every organ of Iht OR HOW TO LIVE A UDNDRED YEARS. \Q\ feody ia progressing, it is necessary to note the year- ly changes and condition of the frame, and accom- modate the treatment to them. A generous diet ia especially necessary, but stimulating food or drink mu^t be avoided. Air, pure and plenty of it, night and day, is heaven's be^t gilt to youth, as well as age. Plenty of out-door exercise, energetic amuse-i ments, mirth and jollity, will make youth grow, and send it to sleep as sound as the robin. Cold bath- ing should be pursued daily, with a due attention to the temperature of the surface of the body. — Bathing should be brief, if the youth feels chilled or fatigued. Now-a days, old age comes on apace. Should the laws of physical health, as briefly laid down in this work, be observed during youth, man, and woman- hood, few outward symptoms of old age would ap- pear before one hundred years! But how is it to- day? The wild hog, the swan, the parrot, the eagle, the toad, the serpent, the elephant, and many other animals obeying the instincts of their being, live to periods varying from seventy to several hundreds of years ; while man, who possesses reason, yet who neglects to employ that reason la a kniiwLcdi;e of his own organization, dies of old age at an average of some forty years ! Every day of our lives we see hundreds carried off at all ages, from the suckling of four months, to the p:emature and toothless old man of forty. Time, or the number of years, has little to do with old age. And no wonder, for near- ly all live in continual transgression of the laws of the vital economy. We eat unwholesome (ood, take improper quantities, at improper times ; we drink improper liquids, breathe impure air, sleep in con- fined bed-rooms, sit in close parlors, clothe our- selves unsuitably to the temperature, or the ribs. chest and lungs ; we take too much or too littld exercise, and we study cure rather than preverilion, and yet wonder at premature old ege 1 How lc«l can truthfully repeat theae words : *l02 THE GCtDE TO HEALTH, Though I ><»r>k old, yet I am strong and Itutj; For, in my youth. I never did apply Hot and rebeUious liquors in m^' blood ; Nor did not, with unbasbful forehead, woo The means of A^eaki^ess and debility ; Therefore, my a^'ft— « as a lusty winter, Frosty, but kiadly. Old age is the one in vhich much care is demand* ed as regards clothing, which at this period requiret to be warm and, thick, principally of woollens.— Fatigue should be avoided. Jq the place of active exercise, friction of the extremities with the hand, flannel, or flesh-bru.'sh, will be agreeable and usetul to the aged and infirm. The d'lGK of aged persona should be of soft materials, digestible and nutritious; and mild stimulants are frequently ufi^eful and necoa- eary. The Reason Why Peop^« Die. Not one in a huudred dies a nati^ral death,— Nearly all are murdered by slow or swilt riolations of the physical and organic laws — of those lawr which we might all so easily understand and so easily comply with. Yet people believe that early deaths are scourges from God which we cannot avoid I The truth is, disease and premature death is only « scourge from God because we transgress his phyei- tal laws. We may be healthy and long-lived if we rill ; health and long life are in our own hands, if ve only try as hard to obtain them as we do to get jnd grab the dollar! Most people die because some one organ fails to perlbrm its part in the work of life. If that organ was equal in power to the others at the start, there must have been some variation /rem, or failure i« the conditions of being. This failure of any one or all of the organs, may arise from one of these causes — from some deficiency of the building up the body, ia the developing of its organs, or from some mis- lake in the expenditure of life. Those include diet* OR HOW TO LIVE A. HUNDRED YKARS. 103 fery, labor, education, hablfp, stimulants, clothiag, and the intemperance of the passions. Tlisi number of sudden deattis of late years hava been frequent and alarming and will become more so as men continue to sin against tbe laws of h-^altli. These sudden deaths usually occur under ihe in- fluences of diseases arising from a plethoric state of the blood-vessels, such as apoplexy, convulsioos, and affections of the brain and heart. These dis- eases originate in the abuse of the laws of beahh and life, particularly in an undue indulgence oi lUe delicacies of the table after the wants of naiure have been satisfied. Also in the use of artificial stimuli after the stomach has been stretched bejoad itg capacity for action ; and by frequent and unne- cessary use of fermented and spiriiuous liquors.— Under these circumstances, the most minute vessels of the body become gorged by a superflux of corrupt humors, and in the endeavor to obtain an equUi" brium in the circulation, some important vessel be* comes ruptured, or those parts of the system which are weak by previous disease give way, aud a rush of fluid, takes place, and the fabric is ruined. L'giifi meals, daily washing, and constant exercise, cau aioae avert such sudden deaths. What is Health? The previous contents of this email voluaae will have led the reader to infer that Disease is not a substance, nor an enemy, bat a condilicn of tilings. Disease is discord, or a want of eqftiilibrium ia ibe organization, arising either from hereditary consii- tuiioual predisposition, atmospherical changes, oc- cupation, habiLs, local situation, injurits, or mental disturbances. It is well known that parents daguer- reotype their own peculiarities of body and mind on their offspring, and hence the abundance of scrofula, cancer, gout, rheumatism, aad uervoua X04 THE OUnJE TO HEALTH, fliseases. The only possible way of avoMing t^.!s pin of transmission, is by parents studying the hiK& af life, and never transgressing them. It has already been -shown, in another part of this work, hoTf atmospherical changes operate upon the human bt:ing. When there is abundance of electri- eity in the air, we become oyercbarged with it, un- less we adapt our food and clothing to counteract fts superflaiiy. When the electricity ia deficient, as in raw, moist weather, our raiment and food phould be of a character to generate and retain the electricity of our bodies. Occupations have been shown as developing bron- chitis and pulmonary diseases, dyspepsia, consti- pation. asthm:4. neiir-sightedness and ophthalmia, ac- cording as they are protracted or exercised in certain positions and Irom conftaement and bad ventilation. Leaving or varying the occupations, and transferring them to a purer atmosphere, the only remedies. Habits of life greatly affect hfalth. Intemper- ance in food, in drink, in labor, in recreation, in acquiring knowledge, in sleeping, in smoking, in indulging the passions — continually imi>air healtb and produce disease. Disease, then, being a state of body, and not a iuperfluous or poisonous material, which needs to be cleansed or purged out of the body, food, dress, air, water, and exercise are tlie only means of curs. We are endowed with life, and permitted its enjoy- ment for a long or a short period, according to ihw obedience we render to the laws written on the muscles, bones, nerves, and tissues of our bodies. E)isease is the penalty of disobedience. The only re- demption from disease consists in each person know- ing himself and herself, and educating theh iodies up Uf a state of energy and health. When and How to Use Medloinea. Medicines are by many persons supposed as essen- Mal means of promoting health. Mt-Uicines aod OR now TO LIVE A UUXDRED TEARS. IQfi disease are equally unnatural to the human econ- otny. When disea<-e exist*', medicines are used to relieve it, by substituting a disease of its own, which nature tries to cure for herself. When we have broughi ailnaent upon us by our own impru- dence, the ailm'^nt of medicine is induf^ed as tho least of two evils. But both disease and medicine are alike evils (o the body. In jaundice which arises from the inactivity of the liver, medicines are used to stimulate the liver and bowels, and they are worn out by this process, just as a piece of ma- chinery would be worn out by being driven beyond its usual velocity. Such is the manner of medicines benefitting us. The true way of preserving health is to live so a=5 to avoid disease ; the true way of curing disease is by closing the flood gates of individual impru- dences. Let every man and woman manvfnc/ure their own health, by the euli2;htenLd use of God's agents — food, clothing, air, water, and exercise. How to Manage the Sick. If it were but the interest oL' physicians to discover and arrest disease — if iheir interests did not consist in sickness and the infractions of the physical laws — good nurses for the management of the sick would soon become more important than either medicines or medical advice. Medicines themselves are of Utile use, if all the other matters appertaining to the welfare of the patient is neglected. It is not doctors ihe people need so much as nurses, and these require both a practical and theoretical knowledge of the principles and practices upon which health and comfort depend. Woman is the natural nurse of the child, sister, father, mother, and husband, and therefore every girl should become familiar with the principles of practical physiology. Then Durses would be kind, attentive, and firm, to their patients. A good nurse would adopt ihe best means ft? d^vatiug the mental condition of the patient j IQQ THK aUi:!E TO IIKAT.Tn, for despair, fear, or other agitation, is fatal to r©« covery. ]\fany sink und'-r tlie pron:resf? of disease, tbroug!) the desponding look3 and words of relatives and Irieuds. A patient, if possible, should be wash- ed all over each day, and the c'o'hing changed so as to clear away the exhalations and excretions from the person. The sick-room should be thoroughly ventilated, to remove the poison exhaled by the victim of disease. No fumigation can be a sulisti- tute for ventilation. The temperature of the room should be as uniform as possible, say about (U) de- grees Fahrenheit. Tlie light should never be t^x- cludofl, unless there is a strong case of brain ft-ver. The proper period for cleaning and arranging the Bick room is in the morning, after the patient has enjoyed a night's rest. Never keep the medicines and drinks of the patient in his view ; it is enough to have to take them at certain times, instead of having ihem always ijt-fore the eye. Never whisp'-r, exchange looks, or appear to cooamiscrate the con- dition of a patient, lest he suspect the worst, and go down to death, when otherwise he m'ght have recovered. How to Live Long" and Die Happy. Pr. Monroe, in his anatomical lectures, has said : "The humm frame, as a machine, is perfect — it contains within itself no marks by which we can possibly predict its decay ; it is apparenlW intend- ed to go on forever!" And whether Dr. Monroe's Rlatem'^int was literally meant or not, there is no dojbt it was uttered in the unfeigned belief iliat a long life was within the reach of all who had a ij -od constitution at the start. The words of the Deity are, " I will show mercy unto thousands of th«ia that keep my commandments ;'■' and it is every oue'a duty to study and observe these commandmtu's — This little work gives a summary of them. They are few and easily regarded — to wit, the alimentary canal should be regularly cleansed by good habit a and mailable reg men ; (ood to bo chosen in accord- OR HOW TO LTVE A HUNDRED YEAR3. 107 ance with the temperament of the body and temper- ature of the weather, and the kind and amount of labor, and all food must be eaten slowly axb MASTICATED THOROUGHLY. Riso early and walk ; go to bed early ; sleep in a large room with a good ventilation ; breathe pure air ; take exercise in open air between meals, without great fatigue ; bathe or sponge the body daily ; form regular habits, and cultivate a cheerful and active slate of mind. Al- ways live with a conscience void of offence towards God and man ; never rest contented with what this vain world alone can give you, but lay up for your- self treasure in heaven, by loving and serving God on earth. Try to do all the good you can, and thus go on your way rejoicing. If these rules are strictly adhered to, even by those of dilapidated constitutions, they will be raised from ill health to vigor and comparative robustness. So may'st thou live, till like ripe fruit thou drop Into thy mother's lap ; or be with ease Gather'd, not harshly pluck'd for death. This is old age. A wise observance of these simple laws of nature will redeem its observers from the hell of ailments to the paradise of a pleasurable existence, and con- duct them through life silently, gently, and serene- ly, to its far-off termination, when they may be able to exclaim — "And is th's Death ? Dread thing I If such thy visiting, How beautiful thou art 1" To all those born of healthy parents and of good constitution, an obedience to the laws of God and nature, as laid down in this brief treatise, will not only enable them to evade all the contingencies of bad health, and teach them how to keep younq and GOOD LOOKING, but also how to attain the patriarchal age of, at least, a hundred years. As this book is so cheap, it should be in thi hands of everybodi/. Recommend it to your friends. A TREATISE ON TDK anagcmeiit 0f %tts. EsTABLisuMENT OF AN Apiary,— The proper tim« for this purpose is about the beginning of March, ai the stocks have then passed through the winter in iafety ; the combs are then empty of broods, and light of honey, and may be removed with safety and ease. Stocks should be selected by a compe- tent judge, as the weight alone cannot always be re- lied on ; such as weigh 12 lbs., and upwards^ the number of bees being also observed, and that they are well combed to near the bottom, may be safely chosen. As soon as they are brought home, they should be get in the bee-house, cai-e being .taken to keep them dry and from the attacks of vermin. The next day plaster the hive to the bee-board, leaving an eu- Iraiice the size of the little linger. If the season has passed, the first and early swarm should be selected, as late ones or casts are not worth keeping, unless two or three of them have been united. The time for removing stocks, is in the evening ; the hives should be raised by wedges som.'.' hours pre- vious, unless the floor be moveable with the liive, otherwise many bees will remain on the floor at the rem:)val, and prove very troublesome. When the floor is moveable, plaster the hive with mortar to the board, and pin a card pierced with holes befors tlie entrance ; in this way it will travel any distancf in safety. Swarms should be brought home the same eve- ning that they are purchased; if delayed a day or two. combs will be worked, and subject lo be broken '\ix removing. A TREATISE ON BEES. lot Management oj Bees. — The best situation tor 6ces is to the north, with a range of hills wooded on the summit, and toward the base enriched with iiealher ; and southward, gardens where hardy win- ter greens have been allowed to flower, as early food for the bees. White mustard should also be sown very early, in patches near the hives ; but not nearer than one yard. A few dwarf flowers may come within two (cct, but tall ones would assist the insects to get np. To the West it may be desirable to have a shrubbery, a wood, a broomy common or heather moor. The stations for the hives must be six yards asun- der, and never nearer than thi'ee yards. The board on which they are placed ought to be of one piece ; or il" joined, the underside of the joining should be lined with a thinner board, fixed closely with wood- en pins. The edges of this rounded standard should prcject four inches all round from the hive. Place it on three wooden pillars sixteen inches long, ten Inches above the gi'ound, but six inches of its length .should be firmly thrust into the earth ; in all, its length should be sixteen inches. The pillar in front should be an inch shorter than the other two, and the three pillars should be v/ithin twelve orfourteen inches of the outer edge of the board, to exclude rats and mice. For the same reason no tall-growing plant, no wall, nor any means of ascent should be within three or four feet of the hive. In fine wea- ther the entrance to the hive must be four inches long, and an inch and a half in depth. In the beginning of the fine season, when the bees iau get food, or have stores remaining, the bee- njister has nothing to do but to keep the ground about the hives clear from weeds, and from whatev- er might enable vermin to climb there. Yet as & thriving stock inclines very soon to swarm, the hives must be frequently looked after from eight in the morning till five in the afternoon. The symp- toms are generally thus : — The little city seema erowded with inhabitants. They are continually in wotion during the day ; and after working-tim« 110 A TREATI8B ON BEE8. they make loud noises. The drones may be seen flying about in the heftt of the day, and the working beo6 go with a reeling motion and busy hum. When the bees come regularly out of the hive, let no uois2, no interruption incommode them ; but if they fly long, as if they were unsettled, some tinkling noise, or the loud report of a gun, will make the fugitivea repair to the nearest lodgings. If there is an empty hive with combs and some honey in it, they will readily go there. If a new hive is used, remember to smooth it well within, and singe off loose straws. Perpendicular sticks should never be employed. Four cross sticks at equal distances will support the combs. Old hives do very well for late swarms, that are not to be preserved through the winter ; — but box-hives are best for them, as the bees work fastest there. They are not, however, fit for being kept through the cold seasons. It is to be observed, that great haste in forcing a swarm into the hive may disperse them. Give thein time to settle undisturbed, though keep a steady eye on their motions ; but whenever they gather in- to a cluster, lose no time in placing the hive over them. If the swarm rest on any thing that can be brought to the ground, spread a clean linen cloth ; lay two sticks on it, two feet asunder ; lay the body on which the swarm have fixed, gently on the sticks, corering it with the hive by a motion the least per- ceptible, and taking care that the edges of the hive rest upon the sticks. Cover hive and all with a cloth, for Xrt\c sun might allure the bees to rise again When they have gone into the hive, cover it with ils own board, and carry it cautiously to its station, Bees are apt to l(;ave their hive even after they be- gin to work, so they must be watched till evening, and throughout the ensuing day. Whenever they are sure to remain, fix tlie hive to its board witli a little lime round the edges ; and crow a it with greta Bods to keep out too great heat or ruin. If a hive divides into two swarms, itisanign that tach swarm has a queen. Put each into old hive* or boxes, but they must be kept separate. If a cl\i» A. TREATISE ON BEB8. Ill ««r of beea about the size of a Bmall plum are seen together, the queen will generally be found there. Separate them, and with a drinking glass turned down, you may seize the queen. Put her and a score or two of her subjects, into a box full of holes, large enough to admit air, and yet not to allow the beer fco escape. Feed her with honey-combs, and keep ker in reserve in case of the death of a queen in one of the hives. When a hive ceases to work, it is a sure sign the queen is no more. Then the bee-master may wait an hour if the spare queen be taken late in the evening, (wet her wings to prevent her es- cape), and introduced to the desponding society, they will receive her gladly, and begin to work. If a hive fight among themselves, be assured ther9 are two queens ; and they will destroy each other, if one is not taken away. When bees are to swarm a second or more tim.?g they do not come out in clusters : but they make a sound called hellmgs, which may be heard ; ceasio^ for a little, and renewed again and again. If there are different tones, it is certain there are several young queens in the hive. It is only by putting the ear close to it that the sound can be heard distinctly. To take the honey without destroying the bees. — In the dusk of the evening, when the bees are quietly lodged, approach the hive, and turn it gently over. Having steadily placed it in a small pit, previously dug to receive it, with its bottom upwards, cover it v,'ith a clean new hive, which has been properly pre- pared, with a few sticks across the inside of it, and rubbed with aromatic herbs. Having carefully ad- justed the mouth of each hive to the other, so that no aperture remains between them, take a small stick, and beat gently round the sides of the lower hive for about ten minutes or a quarter of an hour, in which time the bees will leave their cells iu the lower hive, ascend, and adhere to the upper one. Then gently lift the new hive, with all Its little ten- ants, and place it on the stand from which the other hive was taken. This should be done some time in kbs week precodifloj Midsummer-day, that the beei lid 1 TREXTI3B OX BEES. Bay have time, before the summer flowers have fa- ded, to lay in a new stock of boney. which they will not fail to do for their subsistence through the winter. The color of the honey shows whether it is line or inferior. If it be wanted to press some in the comb, choose the fairest and those that have not been broken : wrap each comb in white paper, such aa lines the blue cover of loaf sugar. Set it edgewise »s it stood in the hive, and it may be preserved many months. The combs meant to be drainej must be cut in slices. Lay them on a hair-search, supported by a rack over the jar, in wich the honey is to remain, for the less it is stirred after draininjr, it keeps the better. Fill the jar to the brim, as a lit- tle scum must be taken off wlien it has settled. A bladder well washed in lukewarm water, ought to be laid over the double fold of white paper with which it is covered. To keep hives for x$inter. — They must not be more than three years old, and well stocked with bees. A hive for preserving should weigh from thirty to forty pounds. Place them in October where they are to remain. Stocks of less weight than 21 lbs. in Sep- tember should never be kept. In most cases light stocks will require feeding, which may be done by inserting little troughs containing a mixture of equal parts of sugar and mild beer, into the hive in the evening, and removing thura the next morning. Mr. Cobbctt on the management of Bees. — The best hivoa are those made of clean unblighted rye-straw. A swarm should always be put into a new hive, and the sticks should be new that are put into the hive for the bees to work on ; for, if the hive be old, it is not so wholesome ; and a thousand to one but it contains the embryons of moths and others insects injurious to b'es. Over tlie hive itself there should be a cap of thatch, made also of clean rye-straw ; and it^hould not only bo now when first i)ut on the hive, b\t a new one should be m;ule to supply (ho place of tho former one every three or four mouths; for, when the straw begins to get rotten, ob it soon does, insects breed in it, it smells bad, and its c2cct on the bees is daiigcrous. A TREATISE ON 7JEES. JjJ The hires should be placed on a bench, the logs »f which mice and rats cannot creep up. Tin round l*?e legs is oes*", ^'it even »hia will not keep down ants, which are mortal enemies of bees. To keep tiiese away, if they infest the hive, take a green 8'ick and twist it round in the shape of a ring, to Ifty on the ground, round the legs of the bench, ftnd at a few inches from it ; and cover this stick with tar. This will keep away the ants. Besides the hives and its cap, there should be a sort of shed, with top, back and ends, to give addi- tional protection in winter, though, in sumraei*, hives may be kept too hot, and in that case, the bees become sickly, and the produce light. The situation of the hive is to face the south-east ; or, at any rate, to be sheltered from the north and the west. From the north always, and from the west in winter. If it be a very dry season in summer, it will contribute greatly to the success of the bees, to place clear water near their home, in a thing that they can conveniently drink out of; for, if they have to go a great way for drink, they have not too much time for work. It is supposed that bees live only a year ; at any rate, it is best never to keep the same stall or family over two years, except it be wanted to increase the number of hives. The swarm of this summer should always be taken in the autumn of the next year. It is whimsical to save the bees when the honey is ta- ken. They must be fed ; and if saved, they will die of old age before the next fall ; and though young ones will supply the place of the dead, this is not}* ing like a good swarm put up during the summer. A good stall of bees, that is to say, the produce of one, is always worth about two bushels of good Tvheat. The cost is nothing to thu laborer, The main things are to keep away insects, n>ice, and birds, and especially a little bird called the bee- biM ; and to keep all clean and fresh as to the hiv3s and coverings. Never put a swarm into an old hive. If wasps or hornets annoy you, watch them home in the day-time ; and, in the night, kili 114 A TREATISE 0\ BEES, them by Ore or boiling water. Fo-^vls should net g* where bees are, lor they eat them. On the DiFFEUiJNT Kinds of Hites. — 1. The com- num hive. —This hive is too well known to requir*" an J description. It should be made of good clean dry straw, and sufficiently thick and firm to protect the bees. The size of the hive should be proportion- ate to the size of the swarm placed in it. Care should be taken to avoid covering this hive with a hackle or turf, as it induces mice to build in it. and ultimately destroy both combs and bees. 2. Glasr Mvei. ''i'here are various modiDcations of this useful kiud of hive. That of Mr. Moultnn consists in placing glasses on a board furnished with holes at the up- per part of a straw hive of peculiar construction ; when filled with honey they may be removed with- out injuryto the bees or disturbing the economy ol the hive. The first year the glasses are only filled once, and generally produce about 8 lbs. of honey of superior quality ; but tbe second and subsequent years the glassses may be worked twice or oftener. 3. ThQ double cottage straw hive. This hive is worked by first hiving tbe bees in tbe lov^er hive, and after 10 days clearing the opening at the top, and affixing thereon another small hive either of glass or straw. When full, the latter may be re- moved. 4. The box, hive and hexagon box, and strata kivcs, m.ay be worked in the common way, or by placing a glass hive over it. The management ia very similar to the preceding varieties. Bee Floxccrs. — Bees seldom fly m.ore than a mile for their food ; it is therefore advisable to encour- a2:e the growth of such flower as they appear to l>c most attached to. The following are said to be the most favorable for pasturage, and those thai Mossom early should be preferred. Shrubs, 4-c.— Rosemary, Broom, Heath, Furze, Fruit Blossoms. Flowers. — Mignonnette, LemoQ Thyme, Borage, White Clover, Bean Flowers. Swarming. — As soon as a stock has increased to a certain number, which can barely fiiid accomoda- tion iu tic Live, au inclination to swarm is evinced A TREATISE ON BEES. 115 as soon as a queea bee is ready to lead them. When the bees begia to carry in fariua, or pellets on their thighs, it deootes that they have commenced breeding, which frequently begins in Februaryj and does not finish till October. The indication of swarming is the clustering of the bees in great num- bers below the resting-board. They never rise but iu fine weather, aud most frequently about noon: it becomes therefore necessary to observe the hivea well during the «warming season, or from April to July. A second cast may generally be expected within 3 or 4 days after the first, but the interval seldom exceeds 8 or 10 days. Should they alight on a tree, the branch may be shaken over the hive or if small, cut otf and placed in it, and the hive left on the spot, when the remaining bees will go into it. The hive should then be left near to where they set- tle until the evening, when it may be gently removed to the bee-house. Ringing a bell, or boating an old kettle, is a common way of collecting the bees to- gether and making them alight. Reinforcement of Weak Stock. — Weak swarms of bees should be strengthened. Th^J is done, by hiving the swarms as usual, and in the eveying striking tho bottom of the hive containing the new swarm smartly, or a cloth spread upon the ground. The bees then fall in a cluster on the cloth, when the hive containing the stock to be reinforced must be placed over them as quickly as possible ; after the lapse of about a quarter of an hour, they will have become united as one family. Another method is to invert the one hive and to place it in a bucket oi pail, then to set the other hive over it ; by the next morning the bees in the lower one will have ascended into the upper. The operation of reinforcing stocks is very economical, as it is found that one strong stock will produce more honey than two weak ones. Weak Stocks. — Stocks weighing less than 18 or 20 lbs., cannot be safely brought through the winter without feeding. The best food is a mixture jf su- gar and water, or equal parts of sugar and beer. TIENTY WAYS TO MAKE MONET, A VAT.UABLE COLLECTION OF RARE AND PRACTICAL MONEY MAKING RECIPES. (Series No. 2 ) Ist. To make Silver Pltitiaigr Powder, for silvering brass, copper, &c., and for repair- ing worn out parts of plated goods. — !Nitrat« of silver, 30 grains ; cominon table salt, 30 grains ; cream tartar 3^ drachms. Mix all thoroughly, and make into a tine powder in a mortar. Moisten a soft cloth, dip into the powder, and rub over the surface to be plated for a few moments ; then wash off with a solntion of common salt in water, and rub dry with a cloth, and chalk or whiting. 2d. To iiiercasc the laying of tu^S^ in HeiiK. — Pulverized Cayenne Pepper, half ounce is to be given to one dozen hens, mixed with food every second day. 3d. To make VioBet or Purple Ink.-- Boil 16 ounces of Logwood in three quarts of of Tain water, to 3 pints ; then add 3 ounces of clean gum arable and 5 ounces of alum (powder- ed). (Shake till well dissolved. It would be well to strain through a wire sieve. 4th. To clean Kid Gloves.— Add 15 droi»8 of strongest solution of ammonia to spiri ts of tur- pentine ^ pint. Having fitted the gloves on wooden hands or pegs, apply this mixture with a brush. Follow up this application with some tine pumice powder. Bub with some flannel oi 116 117 sponge dipped in the mixture. Rub off the sand, and repeat the same process twice or thrice, Hang in the air to dry, and, when dry, place in a drawer Avith some scent. 5th. To make ITIatcIie§ Avitliont SiiS* plEur or I'lio§pi»orH«^.— Chlorate of potash^ separately powdered, 6 drachms, vermilion on^ drachm, lycopodiura one drachm, fine flour twe drachms. Mix carefully the chlorate with tho Hour and lycopodium, avoiding much friction^ then add the vermilion, and mix the whole with a mucilage made with — 1 drachm of powdered gumarabic, 10 grains of tragaanth, 2 drachms of flour, and 4 ounces of hot water ; mix, add sufiici- ent water to bring it into a proper consistence, and dip in the wood previously dipped in a solu- tion of 1 ounce of gum camphor, in 6 ounces of oil of turpentine. 6th. To Kiiike Ulack Ink Powder.— Sulphate of copper [blue stone] one ounce, gum arabic 2 ounces, green vitriol [copperas] 8 oun- ces, nutgalls, powdered, 1 pound, extract of log- wood 1 pound. / 11 are to be finely pulverized. About 1 ounce of this mixture will be required to make one pint of ink, to be put into boiling water. It should stand about two weeks before using. 7th,. Bakfs^gr Powder — Baking soda six ounces, cream tartar 8 ounces. Each should be thoroughly dry before mixing. About a tea- Epos nfull, dissolved in warm milk or water, ia Bulncient for a quart of flour. 8th. To make §yrisp of §arsapariSIa.— Take of Sarsaparilla root i pound, boiling wa- ter 5 quarts, sugar 1 pound. Cut or chop up the sarsaparilla root into short pieces, the shorter the better, put it into the water, let stand for 24 118 bours, then boil down to 2^ quarts, and siTaiq the liquid while hot. Then add the sugar and boil gradually for about an hour. "When cool put up into bottles or a jug, and keep corked. Dose, from one to two table spoonfulU before each meal. This is a valuable medicine to purl' fy the blood, and is used with great advantage in all cases of general debility cr weakness from any cause whatever : also, for disease of the liver, dispepsia, or indigestion, scrofula, female weak- ness, loss of appetite, effects of syphilis or vene- real disease, and in every case where the wish is to bicUd up and strengthen the system. It should be used about two months or more at a time. 9th. To make medicated Root Beer, — For each gallon of water to be used, take hops, . burdock, yellow dock, sarsaparilla, dandelion and spikenard roots, bruised, of each ^ ounce, ; boil about 20 minutes, and strain while hot ; add 8 or 10 drops of oils of spruce and sassafras, mixed in equal proportion. When cool enough not to scald your hand, put in 2 or 3 table spoonfuls of ye:ast, molasses two-thirds of a pint, or white su- gar ^ pound, gives it about the right sweetness. Keep these proportions for vr, many gallons as you wish to make. You can use more or less of the roots to suit your taste, after trying it. It is best to get the dry roots, or dig them and let them dry, and of course you can add any other root knoAvn to possess medicinal properties desir- ed in the beer. After all is mixed let it stard in a jar with a cloth thrown over it, to work about two hours, then bottle and set in a cool phice. This a nice way to take alternatives, without ta* king medicines to operate on the bowels. 10th. To make Ice Cream.— Fresh cream -J gallon , rich milk ^ gallon ; white sugar 1 pound. Dissolve the sugar in the mixture and tiavor with extract to suit your taste, or take tha 119 peel from a fresh lemon and steep one half of it in as little water as you can, and add this. It makes the lemon flavor better than the extract, and no flavor will so universally please as the le- mon. Keep the same proportion for any amount desired. The juice of strawberries or raspberries gives a beautiful e-f^lor and flavor to ice creams ^ or about ^ ounce of essence or extracts to a gal- lon, or to suit the taste. Have your ice well broke ; 1 quart salt to a bucket of ice. About half an hour's constant stirring, and an occasion- al scraping down and beating together, will freeze it. Ice Cream, a Cheaper kind. Milk 6 quarts, Oswego corn-starch ^ pound. First dissolve the starch in one quart of the milk, and then mix all together and just simmer a little ; (not to boil). Sweeten and flavor to suit your taste as above. Chicago pi,an of making Ice Cream. Irish moss 1^ ounce, milk 1 gallon. First soak the moss in a little cold water for an hour, and rinse it well to clear it of sand and a certain pe- culiar taste ; then steep it for an hour in the milk just at the boiling point, but not to boil. It imparts a rich color and flavor without eggs or cream. The moss may be steeped twice. A few minutes rubbing, at the end of freezing, with the spatula against tl»e side of the freezer, gives ice cream a smoothness not otharwise ob- tained, and makes it look nice. 11th. To make Fever and Ague Pill§. — Quinine 20 grains, Dovers powders 10 grains, Bub-carbonate of iron 10 grains. Mix with mu- cilage of gam arable, and make into 20 pills. DoBE : two every hour, beginning four or five hours before the chill is expected. When the chills have been broken, take one pill night and morning for a month to prevent a return. 120 12th. To make Ax!c Grca§e.— Onopocind of black lead, ground fine and smooth with foui pounds of lard. A httle powdered gum cum* phor is sometimes added. 13th. To Tan Raw Hyde.— When taken fi'om the animal spread it flesh side up ; then put 2 parts of salt, 2 parts of salt petre and alum com- bined, make it fine, sprinkle it evenly over the surface, roll it up, let it alone a few days until dissolved ; then take off what flesh remains, and nail the skin to the side of a house in the sun ; stretch it tight. To make it soft like harness leather, put neatsfoot oil on it. Fasten it up in sun again ; then rub out all the oil you can with a wedge shaped stick, and it is tanned with the hair on. 14th. To make Ilefiaicd Oil for Walcli- es, Sewing Mackines, «&c. — Take sweet oil 1 pint, put into a bottle and then put into the oil 2 ounces of thiin sheet load, in coils. Set the bottle where it will be exposed to the sun for a month, (shaking it up once a week) then strain through a fine wire or cloth sitva, and keep tight- ly corked. 15th. How to make Transpareiit Soap. — Slice 6 pounds of nice bar soap into thin shav- ings; put into a brass, tin or copper kettle, with 2 quarts of alcohol, and heat it gradually over a slow fire, stirrhig till all the soap is dissolv«3d ; then add one ounce of sassafras, and stir till all is mixed. You will then pour into pans 1^ inches deep, and, when cold, cut into bars or cakes aa many be desired. 16th. To make Self-raising Flonr.— This is made by adding 4 pounds of the follow- ing mixture to every 100 pounds of flour, and then mixing all completely. It must be kept per* 121 fleetly dry, and, in using, mix quickly and pit^ into tlie oven at once. Here is the mixture I'efer-' red to above : carbonate of soda 56 pounds, tar- taric acid 28 pounds, potato flour 112 pounds. Having used bread made from self-raising floui» we can testify that it is good. 17th. To make Solid €ancllc§ from common L.ard» — Dissolve ^ pound of alum and ^ pound saltpetre in ^ pint of water on a slow tire ; then take 3 pounds of lard, cut into small pieces, and put into the pot with this so- lution, stirring it constantly over a very moder- ate fire until the lard is dissolved ; then let it sim- mer until all steam ceases to rise, and remove it at once from the fire. If you leave it too long it will get discolored. These Candles are harder and better than those made from tallow. 18th. How to. m'akc Oroide Gold — Spanish copper, 16 parts ; silver, 4 parts ; gold, 1 part. Melt together. 19th. To make RenoTatiii;; Iflixltire FOR REMOVING GrREASE SPOTS, &c. — Aqua ammo- nia 2 ounces, soft water 1 quart, salt petre one teaspoonfull, variegated soap one ounce. Mix all, shake well, and it will be a little better to stand a few hours or days before using, which gives the soap a chance to dissolve. Directions — Pour upon the place a sufficient amount to well cover any grease or oil which may get spilled or daubed upon coats, pants, carpets, &c. sponging and rubbing well, and applyinar again if necessary to saponify the grease in i *^ garment ; then wash ofi: with clear cold watei 90th. To make i^Iagic copying or Im- preissioii and Duplicating ft*apcr To make blaak paper, lamp black mixed with cold lard. Red paper, Venetian red mixed with lard. Blue paper, prussian blue mixed wilb lard. Green paper, chrome green mixed with lard. The above ingredients to be mixed to the consis- tency of thick paste, and to be applied to the pa- per with a rag or brush ; then take a flannel rag and rub till the color ceases coming olf. Cut your sheets 4 inches wide and 6 inches long ; put 8 sheets together, 2 of each color, and sell for 25 cents per package. Directions for writing with this paper. — Lay- down your paper upon which you wish to write, then lay on the copying paper, and over this lay any scrap of paper you choose ; then take any hard pointed substance, and write as you would with a pen. To take impressions of flow- ers, leaves, &c., press them between this papor and a sheet of clean white paper, and then lay the leaf on another clean sheet of paper, aiid press the paper gently over il» THE MAGIC MIRROR, OR, THE ART OF ORNAMENTING GLASS This easy and cheap process of ornamenting glass with Paper is a pleasing and profitable employment. A thin paper is best, although you can use Litho- graphs, Pootograpfes, Steel Plates, Wood-cuts, Pen or Pencil Writing, or in fact almost anything on paper. By this process you do not transfer the copy Irom the paper, but let the paper remain on the •jlass, and it forms a beautiful frosting. Prepare the glass by app'ying a thin coat of the preparation wiih a brush ; let it stand a day, or until it is dry, keeping it from the dust, then apply the preparation to the glass the second time, ppread- ing it on thick. Let it stand 15 or 20 minutes, then place the copy smoothly on the glass, pressing it down firmly so as to exclude the air. If ihe paper is very thick, thin it on the back after you fasten it to the glass with a tooth or nail-brush, dipping the brush in water enough to keep the paper moist while you are thinning it. If you make the paper rough in thinning it, use a fine sand-paper to emooth it ; then let it dry and get firmly set to the glass; then apply the preparation on the back to mike it transparent. There is no occasion for rubbing or thinning, un* lers the paper is thick. If you wish to change the shade, place colore papers at the back. Recipe for Preparation. — One ounce Balsam of Fir to one-half ounce Spirits of Turpentine. Mis *»id shake well toarether. * ' 123 ARABIAN HORSE-TAftlER That obedience to man ia a ruling principle in (ho nature of the horse; and therefore, to make h in obey is Tioi necessary to do violence to him. Thi8 disobedience is in fact forced upon him by conduct towards him which does violence to his nature. That to mike him ob"y. it is only necessary to muke h\m fully comprehend what is required of him. That he has originally no couceptioa of his own Btrength or powers ; and, That it is the part of wisdom to keep him In ignor- ance, which can only be done by mastering him without force ; that is, by kindness. That in the horse, as well as in man, fear is the result of ignorance ; and That, therefore, it is only necessary to accustom him to any oljoct of which he may at first stand in dread, to make him lose the sens-i of fear. Further, That the best means of accomplishing this end ia to allow him to examine the dreadf;il ol)j ct him- eelf, and in the manner most natural to him. All wliich nmounts to just this: that tlie horse is an intelligent cre^iture, and that the only way to develop fully all hi- powers of usefulness to man is to treat him as such, and to convince him that hia master is also his superior and h^s bjst friend. Characteristics of the Horse. INDICATIONS OF A HOKSIi'S DISPOSITIOK. A long, thin neck indicates a good disposition ; i contrarywise if it be short and thick. A broad forehead, high between the ears, iudicates a varj vicious diepositioa. THE ARABIAN HOUSE -TAMER. 125 The horse is ualike the dog, the bull, and most other qu iJrupeds. in two respects, both of which peculiarities rau into one tendency. The horse ha3 no weapons of defence, and hence is mare depeul- ent ihau other animals on his sease of smell for pro* l^^tion. It is remarkable that, unlike other animals, th« liorse breathes only through his nostrils, and not through his mouth, like the ox and the dog. Mechanical, Medicinal, Psycliological. Each of these term^ is necessary in describing all that is comprehended in the philosophy of taming and training horses. The horse, like other animals, is controlled by memory and the laws of association. Hence he must be reached through one or e ich of his external senses — smell, si<;ht, hearing, and feeling, and when they are reached, he m^y be coni.rolied by mechanical force, and especially by psychology and the laws of association. "For the mecbaaical process you will need a strong leather strap, three or four feet in length, with a buckle; also a pole (a Qshiiig-rod) — the longer the better. On the end of the pole you may wind and fasten a small slip of cloth. " For the medlcioal you will need the oil of rhodium, oil of cummin, or oil of anise-seed. These should be kept in air-ii^lit phials ready for use. — Ha^e also in readinea-! the horse-castor, grated fine. " That which partnkes of the psychological you will find in your own mind, — your own love, will, and wisdom. If you have little or no instinctive love for the horse, of course you are not the persou to control him. Men and women are often found who are said to have the natural gift of control- li jg the horse ; they love horses from instinct, as it were. The secret in these cases consists in their intense love for the horse. If you love the horse, you will, you can, but know how to make the horse love you. Love in all grades of animal? bas its appropriate language ; and whea this la« 120 THE ARABIAN HORSE TAMER. guage is addressed to the horse, it excites love, oi course. A blow v/ith a whip or club does not come from love, but from combativeues?, and it excilei combativ'jness or lear in the horse. If you want to make a horse love you (and you must cause him to love you if you control him), why. of course, you must love him and treat hini accordingly. •' Study the character of your hor.^e, not the na- ture ot horses in general, but of the horsa you wish to control. Horses differ in their dispositions m really as men do ; and each one is to be approached, attracted, pleased, and controlled accordingly. — The organs in our way are Fear and Corabativenes?, and both these functions are excited through t.h«3 sense of smell. Observe that these objects against which this sense of smell warns the horse ditfer v;-ry much. One object or person may be offensive to one horse, another object to another. To Catcli a Wild Horse. " If your horse be in the 6eld, he iBU5t he cor- nered ;" drive him into a yard, into the corner where he cannot escape. Rub your baud? with tu'^ oil of curamia, or rhodium ; have your pole, witli the small piece of cloth wound on the further ond. which must s'nell also ot the oii. Approach hiJi from the windward, and you may thu? attract him, even before he is in ihe reach ol y^u" pole. Pro ceed genily until you can reach h\i back with ih? end of your pole. It is precisely as if your aim were elongated to the length of your pole; aiui voa pat him aad work and move the [)ole over his back, gradually and gently approaching his head. Aai thus, by passing the pole up and down his ba^'it, and occasionally carrying the end near his nose, ha h attracted by the sense of smell, ?u ibat yon may «lo>vly shorten the distance between you .leid tha horse, until you can with your hand r:ib a litM»i i;il of cummin or rhodium on his nose ; and this done, you can with suitable a.ssistance put on the bridlr or halter, and thus secure him. A failure for a fe« THE ARABIAX uons::-TAMii;R. 12\ times should not discourage you ; renoat. the prf> ce.>3 until you succeed. And if you hiil with ore of the oils, try another. With some hoist-s you may succeed best by mixing et[ual pa- ts of the oi! of rhodium and anise seed. A small quantity of the rhodium may be dropped upon the grated castor, after it has been sprinkled upon an apple or a lunip of sugar, and given him to eat ; and rabbiug hia nose with either of these oils, and, at the same time, breathing into his nostrils, will often work like a " charm." But then it should be borne in mind that mere is a difference in horses as really as in human beings. Horses that have large caution or fear, it is, of course, much more diflQcult to control. But the agreeiible excitement of the sense of smell over- comes the sense of fear ; and fear once subdued, it enables you to render your sphere agreeable to the horse, so that you may comptl him to do your bid- ding. To Mak9 a Horse lie down. First catch your horse, then strap the near fore- leg up round the arm of the animal ; lead him about on three legs until he becomes tired or weary ; he will then allow you to handle him anywhere ; then attach a strap with a ring to the ott lore-fetlock ; to this ring fasten another strap, which being brought over the horse's back lo the near side, is put through the ring on the otf f&re-fetlock ; return the end of the strap to the near side, keeping fast hold, and move the animal on, and pull ; he will then be thrown upon his knees, when, after struggling some time, by gentle usage he will Ye down. After un- loosing the straps, put him through the same pro cess as before, when the horse will lie down when* ever required. f Uniformity is necessary in our method. It is by the repetition, by the constant recurrence of cert*a motions, words, or actions, that we succeed. Many fail for the want of uniformity in their method. — They are loving and kind by spells ; then they are haroli and cruel. The horse is ''impressed," aa it ia TOJC UiXBUJH U011SJJ2-TAMER. •aid, with his master's wishes, when those wishe* i,re often and uniformly expressed in motions, wordi iud deeds! It' man needs "precept upon precept, line upon line," &c., in order to learn his lessons ivell, bow much more true is this of the horse, which Is below man in consciousness and the reflective faculties. Plan of Driving the Wildest Horse. Th:8 is easily effected, by fastening up one foot. Bend the leg inward, so as to bring the bottom of the hoof neatly up to his body, and slip a strap ov^er the joint, and up, until it is as high as the pastera- joint, at which you must have another small strap, to which the larger o;ie must be lastetied, so as lo prevent it from slipping down. Your horse now stands on three legs, and you can manage him aa you please, for he can neither kick, rear, run, or do anything of a serious nature. This simple operation will conjur a vicious horse quicker than any oLhuf way. Teaching a Horse to Pac3. Buckle four pound weight around the ankles of his hind-legs (lead is preferable), ride your horse briskly wiih those weights upon his ankles, at the Bame time twitching each rein of the bridle alter- naiely, by this means you will immediately throw him into a pace. Alter you have trained him in tkis way to some extent, change your leaded weights for eomething lighter; leather padding, or something equal to it will answer the purpose ; let him wear these light weigh is until he is perfectly trained. — This process will make a smooth and easy paeer of any horae. Horsemanship. The rider should, in the nrst place, let the horM know that he ii not afraid of him. Before mount- ing a horse, take the rein into the left hand, draw it tightly, put the loft foot in the stirrup, and raisa fuiekiy. When you are s€«ited, press your koeea tt THE AKABIAK EORSE-TAJIER. 129 he saddle, let your leg, from the koeo, stand out| urn yoar toe in and heel out ; sit upright in yout eaddle, throw your weight forward, one- third of it- in the stirrups, and hold your ruins light. Should your horse scare, you ai"e braced in your saddle, ani ae cannot throw you. To Make a Horse Stand. This lesson is to be first in the stable. Having put your bridle on, drop the reins over his neck] and eommence caressing his face, and gently work backward until you take hold of his tail. Hold oa to it. and fctep back till you are to the length of your arm, then gently let his tail fall, and forming a half circle, walk back to Iha head, all the while repeat- ing, " Ho, boy !" Pat his face, rub his eyes, and again pass backward, and this time form a complete circle round him, bat so near as to keep your nanda on hioa. Continue to enlarge your circle, until you gat off as far as the stable will allow. When lie will £tand still in th's way, you can take him out on a lot and go through the same manipulations. To Make a Horse Set on his Haunches. First learn tha horse to obey you, so that vIicq foa say "Ho!'' he will remain slill. Then, hiving learned him to lie down, let him get up on his 1 ji'e- teg?, and ttien stop him. The horse gets up in thi« way, and you have only to leach him to hold liia position for awhile. It does not strain the horsir lo Bet, and you mast always use the word "set'' iu connection with the feat. Also the word "down'' when you wish him to fall. To Make a Horse come down for Mounting Stand by bis side, and stooping down, put up one {jf his feet, set it as far forward as you can, to make him keep it there ; then take up the oth' r and puk It forward as far as you can, not to have him put it op agaia. Then with a small etick U^j^htly tap hita 110 THE ARABIAN H0R8K-TAMER. on the back of the leg, near the pastem-joint, GrsI one log, ihen the other, he will soon \v\t them a lit- tle farther forward, and then you may in the same way piM-ead out his hiud legs. Coatiniie this, day afi^r drty. until he will cotne down enough at the wori iiince ; Rose Water; 2 ounces. Mix all together md spci ;e the arm-pits occasionally with it. Tocttre Butter. — Tak« 2 parts of the best common Sak, me part of Sugax, and one part of Salt-petre. Beat theta rtp tiid mix well together. Take one ounce of thi? to t vc^y pound of Btitter, work it well into the mass and CX).ie it up for use. Buttv^r thus cured, appears of a rich marrowy consistence tiiid fine Color, and does not acquire a brittle hardness, nor fcjute Bait. It will keep good tcr three years, if let stand three or four weeks before openi^ag it. To moderate Perspiration. — Take Spring Water, 4 ♦uncoe ; Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 40 drops ; Compound Spirits of Lavender, 2 drachms. Mix. A table-spounful twice a day ; keeping the bowels regular by Rhubarb. Waeh to Whiten the Naih. — Take Diluted Sulphuric A-eid;. 2 drachms ; Pump Water, 4 ounces : Tincture oi Myrrh, 1 drtichm. Mix. Fir&t cleanse wita white Soap, ftad then dip the fingers into the wash. Smt Thrr^ir.—Lai the Throat be stesme d with Hot Wa. ter. Ln which Hops are infused ; apply the Hops, after har- ^2 beeo scalded soue time, externally to tbe ^ssisisiei ^sei oi Ihe tl2roe^ 32 TALUiLBLiS BBCIPBS. Te Join trUmt together. — Take a little lebglMi, tai melt it in epii'its of mne ; it will form a transparent glue, which will unite glass, so that tb«^ fracture will be almost Imperceptible. The greatest ctre is necessary, that tha ^irita of wine shall not boil over into the fire. To Renovate old Apple Trees. — Take fresh mftde Liate from the kUn, slake it well with water, and well dress the tree with a brush, and the insects and moss will be com- pletely destroyed ; tne outer rind fall off, and a new, Btnooth, clean, healthy one formed, and the tree assume a most healthy appearance and produce the finest fruit. To prevent the Smoking nf a Liamp — Soak the wick in itrong vinegar, and dry it well before you use it : it will then burn both sweet and pleasant, and give mucn satia- faction for the trifling trouble in preparing it. To make Silvering Poxcder. — Get from a Drug Stori 1 oz. of what is called Hydrargirum, CumCreta, and mix it with 4 oz. Prepared Chalk. Used to give a Silver Pol- ish to Brass, Copper, Britannia Ware, &.c To be rubbed on with a dry cloth. Nerve Om?m€nf.— Takehalf a pint of Neatsfoot oil, on« gill of Brandy, one gill of spirits of Turpentine and aim- mer them together fifteen minutes. Excellent for spraina, Bwellings, and Rheumatism. To free plants from Leaf-IAce. — Mix 3 ounces of Flow* en of Sulphur with a bushel of Saw-dust ; scatter thii over the plants infested with these insects, and they will Boon be freed, though a second application may poMibly I* necessary. T# Preserve Eggs. — Apply with a brush a solution «l Sum Arabic to the shells, or immerse the Eggs theriin— let them dry, and afterwards pack them in dry charcoal daat* This is vastly superior to the plan of putting Eg«i op in lime, as the lime makes the shells brittle, and thi lApif .,^ ^oon worthless, but the Gum process prevent* w y^ •' .« >>tauc effected by changes in the atmospherab VAUJASLa »JI0IPffi9 133 T» maiu AvpU Jelly. — Take of Appl« Jaioe [stnintdj Ibf. Sugar 1 lb. Boil to a Jellj. Strawberry Jelly. — Take of the Juice of BtrawberriM 4 Iba., Sugar 1 lb. Boil to a JeUy. To Avoid Injury from Bee*. — A waap or bee Bwafc lowed may be killed before it can do harm, by taking % teaspoon ful of common salt dissolved in water. It killi the insect, and cures the sting. Salt at all times is th« best cure for extenial stings ; sweet oil, pounded mallows, onions, or powdered chalk made into a paste with water, are also efficacious. « If bees swarna upon the head, smoke tobacco, and hold an empty hive over the head, and they will enter it. How to Make Rose Water. — Take half an ounce white luffar, and drop into it 2 or 3 drops of Otto of Hose ; then grind very fine in a mortar. After it is well ground into nne powder, pour on it half a pint of cold water, grind well for a few moments, and then mix it all with one gal- lon of cold water. Let it stand for 3 or 4 days, and strain through fine muslin. Whitewashing. — A pint ot Varnish mixed with a bucket of Whitswash, will give it in a great degree, the qualitiefl of paint — ^and it will withstand all kinds of weather. Nankin Dye. — Take Arnotto and prepared Kali, equaa parts, boiled in water ; the proportion of Kali is altered, as the color is required to be deeper or lighter ; — aied to fofitore the color of faded nankin clothing, or to dye new goods of a Nankin color. To mak« Spice Bitter: — Golden Seal, Poplar Bark' Bayberry, bark of the root, Sassafras, bark of the root, •f each one pound ; Unicorn Root, Bitter Root, Clove^ Capsicum, of each, four ounces, Loaf Sugar, four pounda. Put to one ounce of this powder, one quaj^ of sweet win«^ let it sttnd a week or two befi^e using it. Dose— -a wa»t gUasfal two or three times a d&y. 134 TALDIBLB RKOma Hem to make Sour Kraxd. — Take a large strong wcoAen f oasel. or c&sk, resembling a salt beef cask, and capable oi oontainirg as much as is suflBcient for the winter's coiv- lun)[>ti<)D of a family. Gradually break down or chop th« cabbages (deprived of outside green leaves,) into veri" small pieces ; begin with one or two cablcigett at the bow torn of the cask, and add others at intervaK pressing thea by means of a wooden spade, against the side of the cask, mntil it is full. Then place a Jieavy weight on top of it ftnd allow it to stand near to a warm place, for four or f, days. By this time it will have undergone fermentation, wad be ready for use. Whilst the cabbages are passing I through ^he process of fermentation, a very disagrecabl* fetid, acid smell is exhaled from them : now remove the cask to a cool situation, and keep it always covered up. Strew Aniaeeds among the layers of the cabbage during iti preparation, which communicates a peculiar fliavor to the Baur Kraut at an after period. In boiling it for the table, two hours is the period for it do be on the fire. It forms an excellent nutritious and antisoorbutio food for winter use. How to mend a Stove. — When a crack is discovered in a ■tove , through which the fire or smoke penetrates, the ap- erture may be completely closed in a moment with a com- position consisting of wood ashes, and common salt, mad« Into paste with a little water, plastered over the crack. The (jood effect is equally certain, whether the stove, &.C., be cold or hot. Bed Bitgt, — A strong decoction of ripe red Pepper ii nid to be as efficacious an antidote to Bed Bugs as canb« felected from the multitudinous recipes for the purpose. Burning Fluid. — Take four quarts of Alcohol and ont qwurf of 8^*5. of Turpentine — mix well together. To Extract Paint /ram Cotton, Silk and WooUtk Geodt. — Saturate the spots with spirits of Turpentine, and let it remain several hours, then rub it between the handA It n ill crumble away, without injuring either tho color, oi tozdure of the article- PHYSIOLOGY OF MARRIAGE, PHILOSOPHY OF CEXERATIOI. LOYE, COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. From all the momentous and lasting consequence! ^hich flow from marriage, it becomes the most im portant connection that can be formed in this world, ft is the great era in life, the prominent land mark to which the young look forward with pleasing ex- pectation, and from which the married date the ev- ents of after life. The happiness or wretchedness the peace or discontentment, the prosperity or ad- versity of the remaining portion of earthly existence, depend very much upon our discharging properly the obligations of husbands and wives. And to do this properly, we must understand not only human nature, but our human bodies, for we are 136 pnTSir>i>ooT op martiligb, ■* fearfully and wonderfully made." "We may bara tvery advantage desirable, every necessary qualifi- cation, every possible facility for a vigorous au^ iuccessfal outset upon the great arena of business* fife — the brightest prospects, the most flattering an- ticipations, may smile in the future, yet, if we are lacking in knowledge, as regards the mysteries and wonders of our own organization, we cannot prop* erly or pleasantly perform our duties and meet the responsibilities of married life ; a cloud will over" ehadow our domestic happiness, the darkness of which will reach the most remote sources of enjoy- ment, and the sun of true happiness will sink be- neath the horizon to rise no more. In view of these considerations, bow important it is that the young who have taken upon themeelvea the marriage vows, should possess proper knowledge of all that is calculated to make life happy ! And yet it is conceded that the ideas which most young persons entertain of love are both romantic »nd foolish, and it is not difBcult to account why this is the case. Love is, too often, a proscribed topic either of conversation or advice ; all that is kriDwn concern- ing it is, therefore, derived from the fictions of po- etry, and the high-wrought descriptions of novels. JRducation is employed in directing, controlling, or reforming all the other passions and tempers of tb* ^OBiaa heart ; but oa tkis^ it is ^stematically oi- AXD PHILOSOPHY OF GENERATION. 137 lent. Can we then wonder that a passion so stimti. lant, so powerful, so influential, shall, unguided, or misdirected, urge on to error and to crime, the weak reason, and the generous, unsuspecting nature of youth? That there is a strong prejudice against the discussion of this subject is confessed ; and when the peculiar delicacy attending it is considered, we can- not wonder that such a prejudice should exist. Ev. en the most chaste and correct observations conceru- tag it are apt to give pain : or, at least, to excite alarm in a delicate and pious mind. The delicacy and the difficulty of the subject are confessed : but we ask, is it fit, is it safe, is it not preposterous, is ik not ruinous to the best interests of mankind, to leave the whole discussion of it to men of loose and aban doned character ? — is it wise to leave young persons to derive their notions and feelings on this subject from the exaggerated, false, and wicked description a of it, with which modern literature abounds ? Do not these deceptions daily seduce, mislead, and cor rupt thousands of the young, thoughtless, and inex perienced? Is it not infinitely better, then, that w* should innovate a little on the opinions and feeling! and, as we think, prejudices of the world, and brea> that mysterious and profound silence, which regarcir the discussion of this topic as either indecorous oi mischievous? Marriage, the author has ever considered as bear eg intimat-ely, not only oa the happiness of indivi 138 PHTSIOLOGT OF MARRIAflB, duals, but also on the prosperity and welfare of co»> munitics and states, and is the source of all industry^ eubordlnation, and government, among men. He» therefore, who shall succeed In rendering marriage « matter of serious cousideration, and not blind ex periment, will deserve well of society, and cannot offend against delicacy or religious feeling. On this ground, the author feels assured that he need offer no further c-pology for the humble publication which now solicits the reader's approbation. In conversing with a Minister on the spiritual and moral condition of his diocese, I learned many thing! which interested me very much ; and there was one thing discussed which especially surprised me. It was said that two-thirds of the misery which cam? under the immediate notice of a popular clergyman, and to which he was called to minister, arose from the infelicity of the conjugal relations ; there was m question here of open immorality and discord, but simply of infelicity and unfitness. The same thing has teen brought before me in every country, every Bociety in which I have been a sojourner and an ob- server. For a result then so universal, there must be » cause or causes universal, not depending on any particular customs, manners, or religion, or political institutions. And what are these causes ? Many things do puzzle me in this strange world of ours— iwny things in which the new world and the ol4 AXD PHILOSOPHY OF »E.\'ERA.TIOJf. 13» world are equally incompreheuslble. I caimot nil* derstaad why an evil everywhere ackuowlcdged and felt is not remedied somewhere, or discussed by som« one with a view to a remedy ; but, no — it is like putting one's hand into the fire, only to touch upon it ; it is the universal bruise, the putrefying sore, oa» which you must not lay a finger, or your patieut- (that is society) cries out and resists, and, like a sick baby, scratches and kicks its physician. Strange, and passing strange, that the relation between the two sexes, the passion of love in short should not be taken into deeper consideration by our teachers and our legislators. People educate and legislate as if there was no such thing in the world ; but ask the minister, ask the physician, let- TUKM reveal the amount of moral and physical r3- sults from this one cause. Must love be always dis? cussed in blank verse, as if it were a thing to be played in tragedies or sung in songs — a subject for pretty poems and wicked novels, and had nothing to do with the prosaic current of our every day exist- ence, our moral welfare, and eternal salvation - Must love be ever treated with profaneness, as a mere illusion? or with coarseness, as a mere im puise ? or with fear, as a mere disease ? or with shame, as a mere weakness ? or with levity, as z mere accident? Whereas, it is a great mystery and a great necessity, lying at the foundation of humaq existence morality, and happiness ; mysterious, uiii« 140 PHY9I0L0PBY OF MARRIAGK, ^sal, inevitable as death. Love and death, th« iiipha and omega of human life, the author aiid tin isher of existence, the two points on whicb God'i universe turns ; which lie, our Father and Creator, has placed beyond our arbitration — beyond the reach of that election and free will which he has left us in all other things! Death must come, and love must come — but the state in which they find us, whether blinded, astonished, and frightened, and ig- norant, or, like reasonable creatures, guarded, pre- pared, and fit to manage our own feelings?— «^J5, I Buppose, depends on ourselves ; and for want of t^uch gelf-management and self-knowledge, look at the evils that ensue! — hasty, improvident, unsuitable marriages ; repining, diseased, of vicious celibacy ; irretrievable infamy, cureless insanity. ' I also consider that the influence of the genital function on the health of parents, and offspring and morals, is one of the greatest importance ; and, un- der this impression, I have felt justified in discussing it as freely as my predecessors and contemporaries have done. The present is a reading age, in which novelty, interest, and pleasure, are the principal objects of pursuit ; and the diffusion of knowledge of all kinds is unprecedented. In this age, men and women read. think, discuss, inquire, and judge for them.<:elve8 They now require intelligible information from theii medic-li advisers ; and the old system of explaiia< AND PUTT^OgOPHT OF GEyERATTOJf. 141 tloQ— a shake of the head, a shrug of the shouldtirs, is no longer tolerated. A thirst for knowledge and free inquiry has replaced ignorance and mystery. I offer this explanation to those ignorant persona who are incapable of understanding the bearings of the subject which has given rise to these observa- tions. I feel convinced that the profession to which I have the honor to belong, has more influence on society than any other, and that great good will re- sult both to public health and morals, by the diffu- sion of correct views on the physiology and pathol- ogy of marriage and the sexual function. It may be necessary to remind those who feel shocked at this species of knowledge, of the present immense circulation of the most erroneous and beast- ly publications relative to the reproductive function, which are well calculated to demoralize the people, and contaminate the rising and future generations, and which prove the necessity of correct and scienti- fic productions. Are not the moot revolting vices now unblushingly recommended as checks to popu- lation? and are not the most immoral works circu- lated and exposed in almost every bye-street through which we pass ? Among those vile publications is that falsely ascribed to Aristotle, which is in great circulation, though replete with error and obscenity from beginning to end. Such is the text-book ©f midwives, and the only guide for their instruction. We also read in the daily journals of seduction* 142 PUTSIOLOQT OF MASRIAQK, Abortions, murders, infanticides, adulteries, and many otiier crimes, all the result of perverted opinions on the subjects under conslderatien. Nev- ertheless, many consider it wise to withhold a Epecles of knowledge most essential to every man and woman's well-being, and most influential on their future lives, as well as of their offspring. But this course is, in my opinion, productive of great and in- calculable injury. I need scarcely observe, that the physiology and pathology of the organs of reproduc- tion are as legitimate objects of study as of those of respirfwtion, circulation, digestion, innervation, &c., and have ever been discussed by the most eminent physiologists of ancient and modem tunes, as an im portunD branch of medical knowledge. I m;iy also remark in passing, lluil the references made to tlie generative function in the Bible, which is in every one's hands, in our church service, in cur courts of law, and in the public prints, must convince every person, capable of reflection, that as a function in the animal economy, it is a legitimate object for tlie con- sideration of physiologists The most zealous disciples of Malthus were said to be the "Westminster political economists, includ- ing Pentham, Ricardo, Place, Mill, Tooke, Brough- am, Miss Martineau, and others of minor note, i numbei of grossly immoral men followed their ex- ample, and in 1822 distributed the most infamoui iMuadbilla throughout the large manufacturip^ dia- IW© rnTLOSOPET OP OENBRITTON. 143 tricta in England, which purported to contain " thf important information for the working classes, ho^f to regulate the number of a family." Various ab- ominable means were proposed^ which few, if anj one, would follow, for all were contrary to the dic- tates of nature, to the precepts of revealed religion, to morals, to the divine and primitive command— " go forth and multiply." It must be scarcely necessary to observe, that the doctrine of limiting population is based upon a most irreligious doubt in the conservative power of tlifl Divine Creator ; which regulates, preserves, and re- produces the illimitable number of organized beingj in the animal and vegetable kingdoms. It was, however, most erroneously contended by the advocates of this cold-hearted and immoral doc. trine, that the consequence of controlling the facul- ty of reproduction would be moral, civilizing, would prevent much crime and unhappiness, that they would improve the manners and moral feelings, al' leviate the burdens of the poor, diminish the cares of the rich, and lastly, that they would enable par- ents more comfortably to provide for, and educate, their oflFspring. But to these conclusions it may be nuanswearably replied, that the limitation of off- 4priQg is based upon principles severely condemned and reprobated in the sacred volume, which are sub* rersive of every virtue, and holding out induce- ments and facilities for the degradation of ourda^igfc bers, Bisters, and wives. 14^ PHTSIOLOOT OP ICARRUOB, None can deny that, if young women in general, »f the lower class of society, were absolved from the fear of consequences, the great majority of them, un- less comparatively few who are strictly moral and highly educated, would rarely preserve their chastity from the depravity of licentious men ; illicit amourg would be common and seldom detected — seduction would be facilitated, and degradation become al- most universal, unless among the virtuous and small class already excepted. The heartless conduct of a seducer has been con- demned in all ages, though sanctioned by our poot legislation. No one will deny, that the seducer who, for a momentary and selfish gratification, will deliberately entail misery, shame, and infamy, on a young and hitherto virtuous woman, whose ofTence was a weakness of judgment, or misplaced confi- dence or affection, is an unprincipled villain, and the author of the blackest o( crimes. It must be admit- ted by every man who is well acquainted with the ■natural inclinations of the softer sex, that for one ^ho is seduced or dishonored by inclination, there are « hundred who have been duped or imposed on, or jtuated by necessity. This fact has been well ob. ■i»erved by many of the most eminent physiologists and writers on medical jurisprudence ; and the most ample proof of the sad truth of this position is daily afforded by our public press. When we coasider the mass of crime, of iguoranca AND PHILOSOFHT OT GSNTIRATION. 14fi Bad of folly, caused by the abuse of the rcprodact^ Ive fuaction , the natural history, or physiology of this iunction, is a legitimate object of study for al\ classes of society. ReasoQ never differed from na- ture, though certain depraved individuals may ad- vise their disassociatiou. They have fruitlessly en- deavored to recommend checks and preventives to reproduction, which are most severely condemned by society at large. All Christian moralists maintain that the chief end of marriage is the propagation of the species ; that it is sinful in married persons to wish not to have a family, or to use any means of prevention, or to procure abortion at any period from the mo- ment of conception, as the foetus is a living being according to standard medical authority in all couq- Iries, and that to destroy it before or after quicken* lag, is murdf^r. The violation of these precepts ia contrary lo tbe law of God and civilized man, and is only recommended by those immoral wretchea who set both at defiance. There are many other causes, which will be no- ticed hereafter, that excite amorous impulse, and lead to premature illicit sexual unions. So nume. rous and powerful are these causes, that early mar- riages would be almost universal, did not reasooj physiology, legislative enactments, and prudential considerations, prevent them. But the passions ara very strong, raodern morals much too la:?, and 148 PBTSTOLOGT OF MAnRIAOB, temptations, in all large cities and towns, rerj great ; and hence, libertinism and depravity are th« eonseqaences. It is also to bo borne in mind, that persons, in ge- Bcral, must defer marriage until they arrive at a proper age, and until they can support a family, or form mercenary and demoralizing connexions, by unequal unions which too often destroy domestic happiness. It may also be maintained, as a general proposition, that those who marry early in life, after the adult age, and who can support a family, have the best chance of forming their children's charac- ter, of watching their progress to the adult age, and providing for them in the world ; while those who marry late in life, are generally separated from their offspring while young and inexperienced, and obliged to consign them to the mercy of fortune, and the care of heartless relations and strangers. These and a great variety of other important con- Biderations relating to the function of reproduction, will be fully considered in the following pages. _; la fact, the sole object of the medical inquirer is to dis, play nature in her true^ character, to defend her laws, and to expose the errors and follies of man- kind in their violation. Let us now glance at the extent and importance of the function of reproduction in its moral and physical relations, and we shall readily perceive ita greai infiucnce on every class of society. AXD PUILOSOPHT OF GENERA VIOK. 14,'] Androgen J, or the power of generation of the hu • man species, in strict physiological language, exiBtf ffom the period of puberty to old age ; it compripet aumerous moral and physcal inquiries — as the phy- eiology of puberty ; the age proper for marriage ; early, premature, ill-assorted, and late marriages ; the physiology and pathology of the generative or- gans ; the hygienic and morbid effects of the use and abuse of these organs, on fecundity, health, and lon- gevity ; the moral and physical qual ideations and disqualilications for reproduction ; the influence of monogamy, polygamy, prostitution, and concubin- age, on morals and population ; legal and clandes- tine marriages ; seduction, adultery, rape, bastardy, criminal abortion ; and the influence of age, habit, constitution, temperament, season, climate, plenty, famiue, public amusements, war, pestilence, &c. ; on fecundity, nativity, aad mortality. Such are only a few of tlie principal medical, legal, civil, political, and social topics, relative to the function of genera- tion. Medical practitioners are generally consulted on all these topics, both by the legislature and every class of society, in civilized countries. Andropoge- ny, or the production ot the human species, is a universal theme of conversation under many differ- cnt popular terms, and especially with all those ca- pable of begetting offspring. Legislators designate it " the population question," about which so much )Md been discussed and published ; and the dlf^^renl 148 PHYSIOLOGY OF MARRIAOB. ! grades of society deriomluate it " faiaily." Lawyert uud diviues also disci^s numGrou;? question? relating to this subject. The most rcaowuod theologians, philosophers, physiologists, legislators, and jurif^coa- BulLs, as well as all classes of society in auiieat and modern tiraes, have occupied their minds with the study of the various phenomena and aucmalies of reproduction, and the numerous questions connected with it. Institution and Object of Marriage. Marriage is a natural, religious, civil, and legal contract, wisely instituted for the procreation and conservation of the species. Man was born for society ; Ma condition, faculties and propensities, require that he should associate with otner men. At every period of his life he stands in need, and wants the assistance of others. When the human being arrives at the adult age, he possesses the power o generation, and is bound to protect, support, and cherish the individual who co- operates with him, in perpetuating his species ; and hence originates society. Finally, when senescence, or old age, commenceSj the same imbecility, the same infirmity recurs as in infancy ; therefore, if society did not exist, the hu- man being would fall to the ground, would be affect. ed with various diseases, uuremoved, or unalleviated AWD PHn.osopnr of ctexsuition i i$ by remedies, he could have no food, and must be des- troyed by buager. It th-refore follows, that the con- ditioa of man, at all periods of life, requires the care of his fuilow-creatures. nis facultiep, reason, senses voice, gestures, and capacity for learning the arts and sciences, require the benefits of civil society. Tiie oSces, by which we are bound to all other mea, arise from the duties of humanity, or draw their ori- gin from society. The o'oneral principle from which all our social duties are derived, is the golden rule — do unto others as you would they should do unto you — the truth of which precept reason demonstrates to every man ; for all men are born equal ; the same nature is in- herent in all ; they enjoy the same faculties, want mutual assistance ; they are all formed by the same Deity, and they are destined to the same end ; all are born with the same reason, they pass through the same periods of life, and they cease to exist in the game manner. It is, therefcre, necessary that they ehould be united in one common oona of fraternal §Iiarity, as if members of the same family ; that they fhould mutually assist each other in their necessi- ties, and that they should live happily together. Conjugal soci(^ty, is a perpetual compact, between man and woman, to live together m mutual ove and friend-hip, for the procreation, conservation, and education of children, and to aid each other by mu* ta?A ssGCOur for the course of life. The diversity of 150 rSTSIOLOGT OF MARnffAOE, the eexes was instituted for this purpose ; and therts ill an innate desire implanted in both to perpetual* their species, their names, and to transfer their prop- erty to their children. Marriage was instituted by the Divine Creator in the time of man's primitive innocence, as the meaui of his happiness, and the perpetuation of liis race. The wisdom of its institution has been felt and ac' knowledged in every age. Man found by experience it was not good for him to be alone, or to lead a life of celibuby or isolated selfishness. Marriage docs not, however, restrict its beneficial influence to indi- viduals, but extends to states and kingdoms. '• .* is," says Jeremy Taylor, " the mother of the world, and preserves kingdoms, and fills cities, churches, and even heaven itself." Of all the social institutions, there is none which exercises so great an influence upon states as mar- riage. Every state is composed of families, and these are the result of conjugal unions. It was, therefore, wisely ordained thai marriage should be a sacred compact, for which those engaging in it should forsake their nearest relations and friends. The par- ties contracting it forms the strictest union and nearest relation that can be established between two Individuals ; their temporal concerns are identical. and consequently marriage is universally considered the source of the greatest comfort ar,d most perfect enjoyment on earth, securing all the advantages of IKD PHILOSOPHY 0? GENERATION 151 «{neero friendship, and the reciprocal offices of tru« and tender affection Marriage was originally instituted between ika flrat of the human species, as a religious, political, civil, and moral contract of Divine ordinaneo, the origin of society, the law for the reproduetion of thii gpecics.. — a contract for the transmission of property, a guarantee for obligations the most interesting to mankind. It is, therefore, universally respected. Man is a rational and social being, deriving hia chief of earthly happiness from the delights of socie- ty, and the interchange of thought. It is the inter- change of the charities and the sympathies of lifet which gives to human existence its real and only value. Hence, man in a state of solitude, or even isolated luxury or afiSuence, would be the most piti- able and miserable of creatures. Exposed to the corroding cares, sorrows, bitter disappointments, and misfortunes of life, man cannot brave alone, and unbefriended, the ingratitude, envy and malevolence of the world. The perfection and sincerity of friendship can only be found in the marriage state, where an identity of Interest shuts out all petty jealousies and vexations, and a unity of thought, sentiment, feeling, and con- duct, exists. The qualities essential to conjugal hap- piness are chiefly of a mental or moral nature, and not merely of a physical kind, as is unfortunately too generally the ease. It IS not enough that chri/lren should be pT(i€r^ ftted by parents ; they are al&o to be nourishes, clothed, aud educated : they should be nourished by the milk of the mother, and not d3li\ered to other women, unless in certain cases, for nature generally gives to the parent the nourishment required for thla purpose ; and she never can morally, unless t'lis is withheld, or unless there is dangerous iufirmity, or some great cause, omit to aflbrd it : for by the ne^Iec of this sacred duty, the off-spring suffers not only great inconvenience, but often loss of health and life and the mother herself becomes lisible to diseases, or pro^wgates unhealthy offspring. Nature commands maternal lactation ; for the mind and milk of a Btranger affect the mind and body of the infant, and render both dissimilar to tho>e of the parents. The injuries and bad effects of stranoje or mercenary lao- tation^ are universally admitted. It is well known that when children are commit- ted to the care of mercenary nurses, maternal love and tenderness diminish, or almost cease ; wliilst in" fantile affection is naturally bestowed on another in- dividual, and finally it scarcely exi:^ts towards th*» parent. It is likewise an indispensable obligation on par- ents, that they inform their children, by word and example,, of the existence, culture, and love of tht Deity, for in infancy we are most tenacious of per- eeptlous j and the greatest care should be taken that Aim PHILOSOPHY OF OENERATIOH, 158 children do not see, hear, or read, unless what » good and right, because their early impressions gea- erally continue to old an:e. TUE PROPER AGE FOR MaRRIAGE — COXSTITDTION — Predisposition, axia tue immediate state of heath- — The proper age foi marriyge, according to the law of this country, is twenty-one for the male, and eighteen for the female ; but many pliysiologists are of opinion that the ages of twenty-five and twenty- one would more accord with the complete develop- ment of adults. BuFFON held this position, " the natural state of man after puberty is marriage ;" but this Is evidently unteuable, because the human body is not fully developed at this period of life, the dif- ferent functions are not perfect, and as the organs are only in the progress of their growth, the offspring would be infirm and d<;iicate ; and the sexes totally incompetent to perform the various important duties of paients. It is at, or rather after the adult age, that the mind and body have arrived at perfection ; and therefore moralists and legislators have fixed this age as the best for marriage. It is universally known, that premature or exces- sive exertion of any pari of the body is succeeded by fatigue or decay of sucji part ; and more especially before complete development has taken place. Hence it follows, that the premature exertion of the geni- tal function, or marriage at too early an age, must ftct onlj be highly injurious to the parents in laoet ^54 PHYSIOLOGY OP MIRRUOB. eases, but also to the constitution of the offspring. II is a moral and medical precept, that both male and female should observe the strictest continence until the adult age, so that the great end of marriage, the propagation of healthful infants, may be accom- plished. It is impossible, perhaps, to fix the exact period proper for conjugal union in all cases, because there is so great a difference in the growth of individuals, some* being more developed at eighteen or twenty than others at twenty-five. Some girls have been mothers at the twelfth year of their age in thia country. It is common in tropical climates to see girls at the age of nine years married, and be» come mothers at ten ; while in the polar regions, menstruation, or the establishment of womanhood, does not occur before the eighteenth or twentieth year. It is, therefore, evident that, talking the whole of mankind, on the face of the globe, into view, it ia impossible to fix a certain age for marriage. The evils resulting from too early marriages are, diminished growth and strength of the niale, delicate and bad health of the female, premature old age, or death of either or both, and h feeble, infirm, and dis- eased offspring. It has long been observed by physicians, that per- ions advanced in life, provided they are healthful and vigorous, and have observed continence, procre- ate much more vigorous infants than the debiliet? :U PHILOSOPHT OP OENERA.TIOIf 155 yonng, who have injured their constitutions. Pro- fessor Dewees. judiciously remarks, " it is oftentimes better to be old in years than in constitution." Thia learned physician also observes, that feeble parents may propagate robust children, but these, accoiding to his experience, which is that of more than thirty years, seldom survive beyond the age of manhood and old age is out of the question. We see the truth of this statement verifled every day: we have only to observe the many delicate mothers who daily pre- Bent their children at our hospitals and dispensaries, emaciated, and olten dying, who generally inform ua that for some months after birth it was impossible to behold more robust or finer infants. There is another position maintained by the pro- fession worthy of attention, viz. ; that persons who attain extreme old age, often marry and have chil- dren. Attestations of this fact are afforded by two remarliable instances. Thomas Farr, who died at the age of a hundred and fifty-two, was married at a hundred and twenty, and performed his nuptial duties so well at a hun- dred and fortyas to make him forget his old age. Ho was compelled to do penance in a white shent, for an illicit amour in the oift hundred and fortieth year of bis age ; while De Loxgville, a Frenchman, (narried ten wives, the last when he was in his ninety gerentb year, and she bore him a son when he was in his him. dred and second. He died at the ago sf » *»undied lOG PHYsioT.oGT or MARnuas, »nd ten years. These individuals possessed in aomt measure, the longevity and vigor of the antediluvi- ans ; but, in general, the power of propagation in supposed to cea?e about the seventieth or eightieth year in a man, and much sooner in a woman. It is Bald, that the latter becomes sterile at the cessation of menstruation, which, usually, but not invariably, occurs at, or after the fiftieth year, in temperate cli- mates, though, according to M.Macexdie, sometimes not before the seventieth year. The universal be- lief of physiologists is, that while the function of menstruation continues, conception may happen ; this seldom occurs after the fii'tieth year in this coun- try. It is true that women in general lose the faculty of conception from the age of forty-five years in thia climate ; but some attain the function of maturity much later. Medical practitioners are often consulted by indi- viduals, who are anxious to know whether marriage is, or is not conducive to health and longevity. It is now universally admitted, that an answer in the ftffirmative ought to be given to all healthful and well-formed individuals of the male sex, from the ftdult age to the sixty-fifth year, and sometimes even later. Longevity, however, does not depend upon the benefit of proper regimen alone, but on the de- gree of vitiality which is transmitted by parents. 4n individual born of heallhlul and robust parcnV€ AND PHILOSOPHY OF OI:;NRRATION. 157 ought uaturallj to expect a long life ; but one whow parents are delicate, feeble, or aged, or affected with Bcrofnla, syphilis, gout, pulmonary consumptioij, distosted spine, or calculous diseases, will Lave a delicate; and infirm constitution. IIuFELAND lays down the following precepts oa the subject of marriage : — 1st. " A person should not marry unless into a family rcraarkable for longevity," and, he should have added, free from certain hereditary diseases. 2. He should not marry a woman advanced in life, delicate, feeble, or allccted with any deformity or disease, more especially those transmissible by gene- ration, as gout, consumption, gravel, herpes, certain diseases of the skin, syphilis, scrofula, mania, or hsB- morrhoids. 3d. The age most proper for women is eighte(^a years, and for men twenty-four or five. 4th. They must not give themselves to the plea- lures of reproduction but when the natural impuke Is strong, and above all things, avoid prcpagatioa during drunkenness or sickness. 5lh, Every pregnant woman ought to bo consider- ed as a labatory, in which she prepares a new being, to which the slightest physifcai or moral emotion is injurious. 6th. Women of a nervous temperament, thow who are vory irritable, nervous, lijsterical, subje-ct U> conrulgions, or epilepsy, ought to avjid malrin^o. 158 PHTSIOLOOT OF MARRIAOl, ny, as they will give birth to infants who can lii^« but for a short lime. This last precept is liable to exception, because nervous and hysterical women are often cured by marriage, and may have healthful infants. Whenever medical practitioners are consulted m to the propriety of marriage, they ought to recollect, that they touch a delicate cord of affections, that man is more than a machine, so that Ihey should combine moral with physical medicine — that science of the heart and mind, with which all the learned and well-informed of the profession are well ac- quainted. There are many infirmities which are not sufficient to prevent married perscns from affording each other mutual succour, and are no bar to conjugal union ; but there are others which totally disqualify persons from engaging in this contract — such as malforma- tions and incurabli diseases of the genital organs, ©f which I shall treat in another chapter. Every individual who entertains a doubt as to his ca- pabilities for generation, is anxious to obtain medical advice on his condition ; and it is much to be regret- ted that it is too often the practice of the profession to treat the matter with levity or derision. Hencf few of the faculty are consulted, an unreserved dis closure of the symptoms is seldom given, and tb< inquirer is often fearful that his condition may hi Biadi.' known to his acquaintances. Every duly «da usT) PHn,o£OPnT OF oesERATioN. l;>y e&ted physician is bound to secix'cy, iu all d.-iiiat* matters, and so far from treating his patient with levity or carelessness, should consider his case as at- tentively as any other that may come before him. ^v^ere this line of conduct generally adopted by the loedical profession, an immense number of the pub- lic would not be driven to seek advice from low, ig- norant, and unprincipled empirics, who not only defraud them of immense sums of money, but also destroy, what is far more importani, their health. The period has at length arrived, when sexual di» eases, obtain as much attention as any other class of infirmities, and when the most distinguished medi- cal practitioners devote themselves to their study and treatment. Physiology aad Hy geology of Marriage— Prematura and Abusive Exercise of the Congenital Function. The consummation of marriage ought to be effect- ed with gentleness and moderation, and not with un- rtistrained impetuosity, as among brute animals ; for, if it is accomplished with violence, more or less severe pain, laceration, effusion of blood, with inflam- mation of the external and internal genital organs, will be frequently induced. All obstetric authors, and all writers on medical jurisprudence, attest the truth of this statement. Siu Cuaules M. Clarkb, D». Dkwees, Du. Bkck. and many other esteemed IGO PHYSIOLOQT OF MARRIAOK, authorities, relate examples. Every experiencoi medical practitioner is aware, that in cases of femalfl violation, more or less contusion, laceration, hemorr huge, and inflammation is produccd,more especially iff cases ot very young persons, and when there is mucb disproportion between the age and development of the individuals. When most of these diseases are induced, they are aggravated by the requent repetition of the causa which excited them, it occasions excruciating pains, and generally produces sterility and bad health. There is nothing more certain than t]:at precipi- tation and impetuosity in the consummation of mar- riage often causes, in the very young or aged Indi- viduals, exquisite pain, from contusion, laceration, &c. ; and these evils result from more sensual pas- sion than the legitimate object, the propagation of the species. In farther support o'i this opinion I may add, that the Jews and many ancients main- tained, that the consummation of marriage ought to be characterized by the effusion of blood ; and thia la generally the case, but there are many exceptions, as when leucorrhcea or other mucous discharges are present, which relax the external genitals, and dea^ troy the hj'men. In these last casus, there may b« no effusion of blood, on the consummation of mar- riage, though the individual is a virgin— a fact well known to every scientific and practical obstetrican %iid medical practitioner. AND yHTLOSOPHT OP GENERATION. IGl it is also well known that pregnancy has occurred cad the hymen perfect. Again, a womaa may be* delivered and such cohesion occur soon after as tc totally impede sexual commerce ; and in certaii? eases there will be copious effusion of blood. I hold it as an axiom, that it is the duty of every author to inform his species as much as possible, and thereby to give information, diffuse knowledge, dis- sipate ignorance, and familiarise truth and science. It is also a general conclusion among pysiologists, that repeated conjugal intimacy within a few hours is unprolific, and a mere animal gratification. Ab- stinence for one or more days, and tolerably good health, are necessary to most individuals for procre- ation of healthful offspring. According to most physiologists, morning is the best time tor reproduction, that is, after the Patiguoa of the preceding day are dissipated by repose, and when the majority of healthful individuals possess most virility. As the hygienic precepts relative to the genera- tive function, are deeply interesting to most indi- viduals, they may be slightly noticed. 1. It should never be indulged in until there is a aatural desire and vigorous impulse ; and seldom, if ever, before the adult age. 2. It ought to be avoided whenever it produces (Sore than temporary depression of spirits, or the Veast debility of the moral, intellectaal, or physical 163 I'HTSIOLOGT OF MARRIAGE, states, also daring iDtoxication, mauia, and whei Ihcre is venereal or any other disease of the scxRa) organs of either party. 3. It ought 10 be used in moderation, when the in- dividual makes much mental or corporeal exertion, or during recovery from any severe disease, when there is a state of deT)ility, or when restorative ali« ment. &c., cannot be procured. 4. It ought to be entirely abstained from during the presence of the menses, the child-bed evacuation, wtiicn contmues for nine, twelve, or more days after delivery, and only used moderately and occasional- ly during pregnancy and suckling. It ought to be avoided in all pamful diseases of the generative or- gans. It is also particularly injurious immediately after taking food, and until digestion is completed, which is from two to three hours afterwards. There can be no rule laid down as to the proper exercise of this function, as this will depend on age, habits, occupation, situation, climate, season, aliment and numerous other moral, physical, and external influences, which are capaole of modifying their functions. Women suffer infinitely more harm from aboriic* than from natural parturition or delivery. Moderate intercourse may be indulged in with caation and gentleness at all times, unless those excepted, but Tiolence is invariably injurious. Every pregnant woman is the depository of a neu JiTTD PHILOSO''"T OF flENERATlON. 161 mud feeble being, at first imperceptible to the humaa eye, though the future statesman, philosopher, or emperor, and whicb is powerfully, though indirect- ly, influenced by the moral and physical conditions of the mother, or by her state of mind or body. The motives which influence the majority of the world in contracting matrimonial unions, are gene- rally false, selfish, and most detrimental to the pro- creation of sound and vigorous ofispring ; such aa ambition, wealth, rank, title, interest, a [love of in- dependence, of an establishment, a desire to escape parental restraint, anger, a determination to disin- herit relations, disdain for a faithless lover or mis- tress, necessity, obligation, passion, imitation, and very rarely the proper motive, pure and virtuous affection. It is also generally admitted that par- ental authority cannot reasonably or morally com- pel alliances when the inclination of the individual most concerned is opposed ; although we see too many forced and unhappy marriages which are to be ascribed to this cause. It is scarcely necessary to observe, that love is im- planted by the Deity in human beings, all grades of mankind have felt the power of this passion — it ia the same in all — as the poet has it, " amor, omnibus idem"— or, more strictly speaking, in almost all, for it is alleged that some few have never felt its infla. eivce. It is equally powerful in the palace and in tfee cottage ; it is universal, or very nearly so ; ii 164 PHTSIOLOOT OF MARRTAGB/ glows in almost every breast, and it has been sanj by the sweetest bards of ancient and modern timea lis power so strongly attaches two individuals, that no human law or intervention can separate them ; for though united to others, they never can be hap- py, nor their offspring vigorous. As a general rule, it may also be laid down, tSjat parties about to contract matrimonial unions ought to be of the adult age, and in good health. Man and woman ought naturally to perfonn the act of marriage when the body has acquired all the development of which it is susceptible. Nature al- ways tends to perfeotion in all her operations, and assuredly a feeble being*and one imperfectly grown, cannot be the source of a sound and vigorous genera- tion ; while, at the same time, the premature exer- cise of certain functions essentially debilitating even to individuals fully developed, cannot but remark- ably retard the growth and vigor of persons under the adult age, when carried to excess. Premature, ill-assorted, and late marriages, are highly injurious to the procreation of vigorous and healthful infants, and to public morals. It is also a fact, that premature exertion of the generative function is most injurious to the healtli ef the individual and offspring. Agriculturists ar» no well aware of this fact, that they invariably pre« rent the premature intercourse of the inferior ftoi' esals. AKD PHILOSOPHY OF GENERATION. 165 ft is also right to state, that there ought not to be an extreme disproportion in statue between those who engage in matrimonial unions. A delicate, slightly formed, small woman, whose pelvis is small, ought to hesitate in marrying a large robust individual, as the offspring will be large, produce great suffering in C'^mlng into the wcrld, frequently require the use of artificial aid. and sometimes mutilation, while the health and life of the mother may be injured and destroyed. This is the fate of many g iris of small stature, who become mothers at the age of twelve or fifteen years, and df those from thirty-five to forty'; both of whom generally purchase the pleasures of maternity at a very dear rate. The hip and other bones which form the cavity through which the in- fant has to pass into the world are not suflBceintly developed in extreme youth ; and the ligaments and muscles which cover them are rigid after the age of thirty-five, in most womtn. When there is a great disproportion between the reproductive organs, the generative function cannot be performed. Thus, excessive size, thickness, or length of the virile member, may render sexual in^ timacy excessively painful, or indeed impossible for 6ome time, with very young persons, or those of gmall stature. These, however, are rare causes of impotence or solid grounds for divorce, because a cure can be effected in most cases. With respect to the extreme narrowness of the ?t»l (j(j PHTglOLOQT OV HARRUGB, T», if there be the slightest aperture, conception may happen, and the vagina dilate spontaneously during pregnancy, or it may be dilated by instruments or m&ision. It is a fact that the genital function is as imperi- ous in the human species, at a certain period of life, as the digestive, but ought to be exerted at all times with moderation, to preserve health, and procreat* healthful new beings. It is well known that rigid continence is seldom observed about the age of pu- berty, and for many years afterwards by the male sex, as the accumulation of the seminal fluid in its receptacles will excite the whole of the genital or- gans during walking and sleep, and often terminate Dy spontaneous and involuntary emissions. These, when frequent, as well as all venereal excesses, dis- order the mind and body, induce sadness, ennui, dis- gust at life, extreme lowness of spirits, melancholy, and even loss of reason ; whilst natural sexual en- joyment after marriage excites and exhilarates vi- tality, improves the mental faculties and corporeal functions. It is also important to state, that the baneful habit of exciting the organs under consideration, often arises from disease or a morbid state of remote tis. iucs, at an age when amorous impulse cannot exist, end this self-abuse is too often continued until ih« adult age. Infants at the breast, wbcfi« serial organs are m AND PHTLOSOPHT OF aENCRlTIOlT. 1C7 imperfectly developed, and who can have nonsexual desire whatever, often contract the habit of frequent- ly touching these parts. This apparent phenomenon is explained by physiology. The sexual organs are lined by a mucous membrane, similar to that which 3overs the lips, throat, intestines, and lungs ; and trritation in any part of this membrane may derange every part of the body, which is covered or lined by A continuation of it. There are few infants who do .lot suffer from irritation in some part of this mem- brane, induced by numerous causes, as teethmg, im- proper food, or cold ; and the effect will be irritation or inflammation in the eyes, ears, nostrils, throat, lungs, or stomach and bowels, and also in the geni- tal passages, as every one of these parts is covered Dy mucous membrane. Again, we observe children before the age of pu- berty, and when no sexual desire can exist, instinct- vely manipulate certain organs, and some who even make attempts at sexual approacn ; and hence it ia an established custom in all well regulated families and schools, not to allow those of the same or oppo- site sex, to sleep together. Sensibility or irritation in the mucous membrane lining the mouth, throat, gullet, stomach, bowels, or genito-urinary organs, is the exciting cause of the vile abuse alluded to, and is induced by too stimu- lating and improper aliment, as ardent liquors of 8Jiy kind, spiced meats, &o. The effect of this irrit«r' 108 PHT SI0I-,0(!IT OP MAnituoa, Hon is manipulation of the generative organs i^ •itber sex. Female infants are equally liable to irri- fcation or itching of the external genitals. It is, however, at puberty, that the genital organs suddenly and astonishingly develop, that touches and manipulations are instinctively practised, and lead to masturbation or self-pollution. The Hatural excitement in the organs at this ags Is succeeded by the secretion of semen, and the mett- strual fluid which produce the most extraordinary physical and moral changes, as will be described in the chapter on puberty. All the characters of child- hood are lost : there is great amorous imptilse, and those who have already experienced it, too often initiate children in the delightful but baneful habit of artificial excitation. This is most prejudicial to children, adolescents, adults, and, in a word, at every period of life. The habit is indulged to excess, and then enfeebles both mind and body. It may be prac- tised almost at all times, both day and night, and produces much more debility than natural enjoy- ment at the adult age, whilst it induces a host of diseases. The unmanly vice often excites in young persona the greatest antipathy and disgust to natural enjoy- ment, until adult age renders reason more mature «nd perfect. The bad effects of unnatural excitement will be more fully noticed hereafter. GUB PITTLOSOrnT OF GEXkRATTOW. Prematare and Late Marriages Montesquieu affirmed that the fear of military seio rice caup»d a great number of young men, almost 3f the age of puberty, to enter into matrimonial con* nections ; that these unions, it is true, \\ere fertile, but that the diseases and misery which they produced greatly diminished the population of France. Precocious sexual intercourse greatly debilittUos 'ht moral, intellectual, and physical power of both nexes, and predlspoF'^s the female to abortion and -disease. Premature marriages have been advocated on th« grounds of morals, for the prei sntion of libertinage . but I agree with Frank, Mahon, Marc, and others, if there be no other moans than marriage to restrain youth until it becomes vigorous at manhood, we can only lament the issue of beardless fathers. Moral and religious impressions are more rational means ; and seldom does the fear of debauchery lead to ear- ly marriages, which generally take place from mo- tives of interest or ambition. Louis XI. cohabited before the age of fourteen with his queen, who waa not twelve ; and, in the opinion of M. Marc, hii effeminate and ferocious character depended, in some degree, on the exhaustion of his nascent powers. Ik is impossible for a physician to determine, aa % general rule, the proper age for marriage, so much depends upon constitution, climate, and other cir- cumstances already notice4, and therefore the at^e B3uf a well-educated mind, and blended with mildness of manner, and gentleness of heart, will be found tbe substantial qualities which cannot fail to win t'*e affection, and secure the heart Whilst, however, we condemn, with a just and se vere reprobation, the folly and guilt of those who eacrifice "jonor, and the best affections of the humau heart, on the altar of Mammon, we must not be sup- posed to overlook, or to undervalue, the dictates of prudence. Love marriages, as they are called, usu- ally terminate in bitter disappointment ; the claims of a young and increasing family will eventually force themselves on the attention of the parents, and It is to be feared, that the vulgar considerations of discharging bills and meeting family expenses, will AND PHILOSOPHT OB" GENERATION. 185 prove a fruitful source of those bickerings and disa- greements which iteo plainly show the incautious folly and heedless imprudence with which their uaioa was formed. Love cannot clothe, educate, or main ►ain a family, nor yet satisfy the importunity of a distressed, or an impatient creditor. We would tem- per the ardor of passion by the sobriety of reason ; and bring the affections of the heart under the con- trol ot prudence and discretion. It is evident from the preceding observations, that judicious and virtuous parents are bound to inter- pose their authority when there is danger of improvi- dent alliances, and ought to point out the impro- priety and inexpediency of marriage. But it is never justifiable that parents should seek to ally their children with those for whom they have no affection, or contemplate only with disgust and repugnance. Paternal authority cannot reasonably compel alli- ances against which inclination protests ; though there are too many forced and unhappy marriages arising from this cause. The happiness resulting from a well-formed mar- riage, depends on mental excellence of the parties. This can be only known by long acquaintance. Love at first sight, and ball-room and street matches, are generally the sources of endless misery ; they are formed without consideration, and originate in a transient excitement of feeling. True love is founi- 8d on esteem, and esteem is the result of intimate 186 PHTSIOLOOT or MAHRTAGB, acquaintance and confidential intercourse. This ii khe origin of pure and virtuous love. Marriagea based upon this, and on proper religions feelings, are the only happy ones. Never marry without love^ but be careful to know well who you love, before your love gets the better of your judgmei^. Physiology of the Sexual Organs- When puberty is established, an indescribabla commotion often agitates the individuals of both /exes ; all their functions may become deranged : the digestion bad, the action of the heart and arteries Irregular, often accompanied by palpitations ; the respiration laborious or difficult; the individuals often find comfort only in solitude, their desires and aflfections are now altered ; those whom they hereto- fore considered dearest friends are often looked upon as objects of indifference, and they now experience feelings to which they were hitherto strangers. The genital organs continue to develop very rapidly ; their secretions increase and aggravate the indefin- able commotion in the whole body. The prolific fluids of both sexes are elaborated, and fitted for the object which nature intended. There results a super- abundance of life, which endeavors to communicate and establish itself ; there is a new and imperious f7»ut developed, which compels the sexes to approach lach other. The influence of this want on the morai AM) PHTLOSOPHT OF OEffERlTIOIC. 181 itate of mankind is thus correctly described by th« celebrated Cabjlnis : — *' The new want produces in the young man a mixture of audacity, and timidity ; of audacity, because he knows that all his organi are animated with an unknown vigor ; of timidity, because the nature of his desires astonishes him aa defiance to them disconcerts him. In the young girl, this want gives rise to a sentiment of modesty or virgin shame, of which she was heretofore ignorant^ which may be regarded as the hidden expression of her desires, or the involuntary signs of her secret impressions." A complete revolution is effected in the human economy at the age of puberty ; the bones harden, the chest dilates, the voice changes, the constitution becomes strong and vigorous, health is completely established, and many diseases, such aa scrofula, rickets, St. Yitus's dance, hysteria, chlorosis, &c., disappear ; though sometimes these diseases super- vene at this period. In common with all parts of the body, the brain becomes developed, the intellec- tual functions are augmented, man is susceptible of the highest conceptions of the mind, the principles (rflife superabound in his constitution, and he vigor- ously performs all the noble pursuits assigned him by nature. Woman, on the contrary, delicate and tender, al* ways preserves some of the infantile constitution The teiturea of her orgRos do not lose all their oi'igi- 188 PHTSIOLCGT OF MARKIAOK, nal softness, or assume the strength of those of hei compsnioD ; her eyes become brilliant and exprt* give, and all the graces and charms of youth illu- mine her person. Her bosom throbs with tender in- quietudes, her character loses i infantile vivacity, her manner and tastes become analagous to those of a full-grown female, her passions become stronger and more constant, her moral and physical at'ii?i- bility are greater, and she feels a sentiment hitherto unknown to her — the impulse of love — the desire of marriage. Amid this universal disorder of the economy, the excitement of the reproductive organs predominates, and causes the extraordinary ard incomprehensible phenomena already described. Every effort is now made by parents to suppress voluptuous ideas, but the secret thought of amorous pleasure cannot be exting'ii.shed. Nevertheless, an enjoyment purely physical or animal is not the object of research ; the heart opens to the most tender sen- timents, and guides the Prst movements of the sexes. Until this time they were actuated either by self love, parental affection, or esteem for the youth of their own sexes ; but now pat'Tual tenderness and mere affection are insufficient ^or their happiness. Their well-being exists in another individual, and they think that they cannot enjoy real existence, but io ihe intimate union of their body, soul, and heart, titb one of an opposite -ex rJ' their own. They meet. AND PHILOSOPUT OF GEKKRATION. 189 Iheir tastes, ages and sentiraenta are similar ; and now commences the scene of their innocent love. What delightful reflections are offered to the stiuly of a moral and philosophic mind by the innocent love of two young persons, who know no other mo- tives for their actions than the pure inspirations of nature and the heart! The strictest chastity presides at their first interview ; a word, a glance, a whisper, the pressure of a trembling hand, is now the enjoy- ment of happiness. They do not approach each other br.t with a respectful fear ; they dissemble towards each other the nature of the sentiments which agitate them. In proportion as their visits are more frequent, and their physical love is increased, which it is by tlie excitement caused by their meetings, their inter- views are more numerous, their conversations be- come longer, more delicate, more intimate ; a reci- procal and exclusive confidence is established be- tween them, the trembling -hand reposes longer in that of its admirer ; their hearts palpitate, and they (1 lally vow eternal fidsiHty to each other before the ;)!tar. This, however, is the age at which the youth of i)otii sexes should act in that strict accordance with t') ; precepts of religion and morals, as errors com- mtted now are too often irretrievable. The tender SOX, which are the objects^of the most ardent fire of zealous adoration, and who burn them?'?lv«»s with th« 190 PHTSIOLOGT OF MARHIAGB, same flame, must never yield td the sligbLest freedoM wich is coPxtrary to modesty and honor. They mugt not countenance for a moment obtrusive familiarity, much less the slightest immodest advances, or theif ruin and degradation are inevitable. The usual re- sult of impertinent familiarity, or illicit or anticipa ted love, is disgust, desertion, and indelible disgrace. A virtuous and firm resolution is the only safeguard, and a fixed determination not to remain alone, oi beyond the hearing of others, with him who has cap- tivated the heart. The passion of love is as inherent in mankind as the function of digestion or respira- tion, and must be gratified as well as all other wants. It is, however, less essential to individual existence than other functions ; but when it is established a* puberty, as it is in almost all persons, it must btj be gratified ; and human intervention or laws can- not restrain or extinguish it, except in a very few, if any, instances. The secretion of the sexual fluids is intended by natnre for the conservation of the species. About the fourteenth or fifteen year, in temperate climates, the sexual organs of boys become developed, and a fluid is secreted by the testicles, termed seminal or spermatic, which is destined for the perpetuation of the species. This fluid accumulates in receptacle* provided for it {vcscuila seminales), and not only ex- cites the sexual organs, but every part of the body. The functions of the mind are improved, the dige* AND PHn^OSOPHY OF (SEKERATIOX. 191 tion becomes more vigorous, tbe circulation of blood Is more rapid in every organ, wh'ch is abundauily nourished, and performs its function with much mure energy than before this period of life. Hence, we observe the body develops with rapidity, and the in- dividual in a short time loses the characteristics of boyhood, and acquires those of adolescence, or mai\- hood. Though the sexual organs rapidly develop from the fourteenth to the twentieth year, yet they do not, in general, acquire their complete growth or func- tions before the iwenty-fifth ; sometimes not until the thirtieth year ; and this is the age the most pro- per for marriage. The body of man is not fully developed before the twenty-fifth year of age, the spermatic fluid is lesa abundant and fitted for reproduction ; and persona under this age generally beget delicate, sickly infants, which seldom arrive at maturity. Sexual indulgence, or unnatural excitement, before the age of twenty- one, according to our laws, but before the age of twenty-five, according to the laws of nature, not onlj retards the development of the genital organs, but of the whole body, impairs the strength, injures the constitution, and shortens life. The establishment of puberty in woman renders her capable of performing her part in the perpetua- tion of the species ; and this faculty has now to b« described. i92 PHYSIOLOGY or MABRLA.OB, All researches on the reproduetion of plants and ftuimals, from the lowest to the highest, in ancient fcnd modern limes, were made with a view of explaia- mg the generation of the human species. But all tave hitherto signally failed to explain the mystery of reproduction of man — the transmij^sion of the vital And immortal principles from parents to offspring ; and after the investigations of ages, the reference must be for explanation to the Omnipotent Creator of all things. Man is still ignorant of how life be- gins or ceases. It is all mystery to him. He cannot reason from the analogy afforded by the vegetable and animal kingdoms. This is the most unsatisfac tory. As in plants and animals, the propagation of the human species is confided to two sexes, male and female. Both are endowed, for this object, with par- ticular organs, called sexual, whose united action and reciprocal contact, are indispensable to the for- mation of the new being. Sexual approach or contact reunites the constitU' er-t parts of the future being. These elements are the spermatic fluid of the male, and the ovium or germ of the female. The human female posscs^t from fifteen to twenty germs, ova, or vesicles in each ovary, but these are never separated during the function of sexual commerce. The process by which 198 PHTSiaLOQT OF MIRRIAQB, crs, tne melodious singiug of birds — all proclaim that Ibia is the season of reproduction. Animals approach each other, the germination of seeds commencos*, Bhrubs and trees put forth their blossoms, and there is a universal effort to reproduce in all bodies endowed with life. In accordance with this law, we have multiplied experience to prove that a much greater number of infants are born in the months of December, January, February, and March, than at any other time of the year, which shows that sexual intercourse is most ppolific in the months of March, April, May, or in spring. In general, the heat of the summer is less favor- able to conception than the more temperate seasons ; and the equinoxes more than the solstices. The warmth of summer causes perspiration and exhaus- tion, and though amorous impulse is strong, its en- joyment is followed by greater debility than in spring, and its frequent use is injurious in the formef eeason. The invariable state of the weather in autumn ©iten induces cholera, diarrhoea, dysenterry, typhus, &0., and this season is generally considered the least favorable for reproduction. Winter, for the reapona clready stated, is hv*ld to be more congenial to fecun- dation than the preceding season. The end of winter cr commencement of spring is, perhaps, the period la which most conceptions take place. Airo'PHTLOSOPnT of" OGMERATION. 191 As the day is a portion of the year, it may be in- quired, if there be any period of it more favorable to conception than another — a hora genilalis, a« supposed by the ancients. It has been remarked that there are more parturitions at night than by day ; because, during this time, most impregnations undoubtedly occur. According to M. Virey, the morning is the most proper time for generation : — then the body is repaired by the repose of the night, it enjoys the plenitude of its power : waking is often accompanied by erection, the best sign of vigor ;-— and it is in the morning sleep that the nocturnal il- lusions of pleasure most commonly occur. The agi- tation and labors of the day, repasts, and various objects of distraction, studies and business, render sexual unions less fertile than during the stillness of the night or in the morning. Tiiere is no greater source of reproduction than abundance of aliment. In all countries, the num- ber of consumers increases or diminishes in propor- tion to aliments. In years of opulence and fertility all increase : men, beasts, and insects, all multiply and fill the earth ; but in the sad periods of indi- gence and misery, and in seasons of calamity, we only observe few individuals born, and these are generally degenerate. So, also, the years of famine are certainly accompanied by a great deficiency in reprodaction, as the tables of births rttj amply t,U teek fHTSrOLOGT OP MAItfTttoB, It is Tcry true that Ceres and Bacchtts, the niytb* ©logical deities of aliment and drink, might be fai^ }y considered to influence the rites of* Venns. la proof of tbifl position, it is further urged that th€ most powerful means of mortifying the flesh, accortf- hig to moralists, is fasting. It is also known that sexual intercourse causes hunger, and needs restor- ative means, whilst an abundant restoration excites the want of generation. Experience has also shown, that certain foods ex- cite the genital organs of particular individuals. — The employment of vinous and spirituous liquors produce the same effect on most persons; although their abuse, as also that of warm drinks, such as tea and coffee, are injurious to generation. It is held that inveterate drunkards, or those who engender in drunkenness, produce more daughters than sons, aa they are less energetic, their desires less ardent, and the seminal fluid less prolific than in a natural con* dition. Drunkenness diminishes the powers of the nervous and muscular systems, and often rendera the exercise of the generative act impossible or im* perfect. The most unfavorable state for propagation is ex eessive exertion of the mind or body. It has been long observed, that men of great genius have fewest children. Experience has demonstrated, that th* pleasufre of love extinguishes the fire of the imagina* iioQ, abates geaiue and courage, as inuamerabk 4ND PHILOSOPHY OF GENERITION. 201 proofs hare already attested. Lastly, M. Vn.LEnMi is of opinion, that balls, amusements, and public re- joicings at the time of marriage, or at any other period, as also privations, fasting, prosperity, civili ration, liberty, misery, and calamity, have different effects upon reproduci'ion ; and he arrives at the con- clusion, that more infants are born under a clear sun, in countries where the arts, industry and the science! flourish, and where the atmosphere is pure and the country fertile, than under opposite conditions : and that scarcity and famine produce great changes in the population. Another question, relative to procreation, which eugaged the attention of physiologists and natural- ists from the earliest periods, is the comparative en- joyment of the sexes. The majority of authors have awarded it to females. Some have held that pleas- ure and fecundity are enjoyed in an equal degree by the sexes [Bou?quet], and others [Virey, Blundell, &c.], by females. These, it is said, are most tran- quil and less agitated than the other sex, as they contribute least to the formation of the embryo ; — while the latter are most voluptuous, ardent, excit- ed, and afterwards depressed. The spermatic and •varian fluids, which effect reproduction, are nup- plicd in very different proportions ; that of the male is the most important, as imparting life ; and hence, ihere is more languor on its effusion ; while the va- ginal and uterine ejaculation, which is alone percep- 202 rHTSIOIX)GT OF MARRIAGB, fible in the act of generation, and is not spermatid, bat anprolific, scarcely diminiBhes sensibility, nor it it followed by such great prostration as is the form- er. The feminine prolific fluid is the germ or ovum, which does not leave the ovary for some days after impregnation, and is only a small drop of liquid. — Hence it is a physiological axiom, that the function of procreation is less debilitating and more delicious with one sex than the other. If the reason be inquired why one sex is more in- satiable than the otlier, the answer is, because the one dispenses less vitality than the other. It is now universally admitted by pliysiologists, that there is no supply of a feminine seminal fluid during the ac*i of reproduction, but a germ in the ovary is impreg Dated, though there may be a more or less abundant secretion of fluid from the membrane and subjacent glands of the vagina and uterus ; but the sensibility remains vivid after the effusion of this fluid ; whil«i the em'ssion of the male is followed by an immedi- ate abatement of amorous impulse. It is not to be supposed that when pleasure ismo!=i( rivid conception takes place more readily, as tba contrary is often the fact ; fcr when the uterus is in 8 Btate of extreme and too frequent excitement, it often loses its retentive power. We see this exemplified hi the lower orders of mammiferous animals otci which it is often neces?nry to pour cold water aftct 0d|>ulatioa. tc excit« the contraction of the atonu AMD PmLOSOFHT OP OENSRATIOIf. 203 The same reason explains the infertility of prostv* totes and courtesans, who rarely conceive, uuiess after intercourse with persons whom they prefer. In fact, a uterus incessantly open and stimulated, has a tendency to evacuate itself, and repeated venereal enjoyments induce excessive menstruation, mucoua discharges and abortions. In such cases conception rarely occurs, unless the mind be intulilvely fixed upon one person, and there is one undivided love. It has been observed that prostitutes who were infertile for years, have become mothers after transportation to Botany Bay, when they became restrained by marriage. In the sama manner, when men abuse the end of marriage, they have no children, because they secrete, semen which is not sufficiently elaborated, and which is too feeble. Chastity, on the contrary, augments the vigor of the organs and amorous impulse, and is the surest means of fecundity. Hence, those newly- married persons who have observed a strict chastity before their union, procreate immediately, and their off?pring is vigorous ; while dissipated or aged per- pons seldom have children, and if they have, the off spring seldom arrives at the adult age. For thl* reason, animals which copulate at certain times only, engender by one act. But a rigid chastity enfeeble? the passion of lov(j, and may be the cauf/e of infer liiity. Abstinence from venereal enjoyment, for a few 204 PHTSlfiLOOT OP JIARRIIOB, days or weeks-, favors fecundity, and iuvigoratea bort uiiiid and body. Bacon observed that no one of great genius, of antiquity, had been addicted to women ; and ha stated that among the moderns, the illustrious New- ton had never enjoyed sexual intercourse. This faet confirms the remark made by Aret^eds, and since verified by all physiologists, that continence, or the reabsorption of the semen into the animal economy, impressed the whole organism with an extreme tea- sion and vigor, excited the brain, and excited the faculty of thought. From these effects, courage, magnanimity, all the virtues, and corporeal vigor resulted. The abuse of enjoyment, on the contrary, enei-ratea the body, destroys the memory, extinguishes the im- agination, degrades the soul, and renders us stupid. Thus, idiots who abuse this function are excessively lascivious ; and eunuchs are remarkably deficient iu genius — they want the organs which are destined to secrete the seme:), and this plunges the mind as well as the body into a languor and debility almost infan- tile. It has also been observed that mental exalta- tion and madness do not manifest themselves before the age of puberty, nor in old age, but in the adult age especially, by the retention of the sperm or ova- rian fluid ; and hence, castration and pregnancy have radically cured maniacs. Nothing is more cer- tain than this, that animals and plants shorten theif sristonce by multiplied sexual eniovments. AKD PHILOSOraT OF OB.tBRA'KOJr. 20S It was to secure vigor of mind and body that the founders of certain religious sects-prescribed chastity and celibacy to their ministers. This rule is in some degree accordant with physiology ; for it is well known that our moral and physical powers are di- minished by coition, because we impart a portion of our physical and intellectual endowments to our off" spring, and diminish them in ourselves Procreation of the Sexes- Thk surest means by which sound and vigorous infants may be engendered, is a good constitution, unenfeebled by excessive intellectual or corporeal exertion, or any chronic disease. It is universally admitted that the moral and physical dispositions are transmitted by generation ; and hence we may con- clude that healthful and vigorous parents alone pro- duce healthful and vigorous infants. Is is also generally concluded that diseased of delicate parents procreate diseased or delicate off- spring. The same results are observed in plants and animals. Every one knows the truth of these state- ments. How often do we observe a fine, a beauti. ful woman of an excellent constitution, united to a ■mall, diminutive, aged, broken-down, or deformed companion, or the reverse ; and can it be supposed that the physical powers, the sympathies of such in- 2#6 PHT9I0L00T OV JLLRRUQS, diriduala, are favorable to the proper performance of the function of generation ? Love cannot be reciprocal in such cases : and ani- mal or organic impulse will prefer that which i» more accordant with itself ; even brutes prefer malea which are possessed of vigor, power, and beauty ; and thib instinct is implanted by nature in all ani- mals. Whatever perversion civilization may effect in our hearts, tastes and manners, it cannot extin- guish this instinct. Even social or parental author- ity fails to destroy it ; and this often leads to unsuited conjugal unions, to the procreation of feeble off- Bpring, which are doomed to constant sufferings, a miserable existence, unsuppportable to themselves and others of society, — still the rights of nature ex- ist inviolate. Unequal and unsuited alliances are contrary to nature and to sound policy. Ample proof is afforded of the validity of this opinion, by a reference to the physiology of the various ages of life, and the difference in the genital power in each. One organic law is, that the germ of the infant being must be complete in all its parts, and perfect- ly sound in its condition, as an indispensable requi- ■itc to its vigorous development and full enjoyment ol existence. If the corn that is sown is weak, wast- »d, and damaged, the plants that spring from it will be feeble, and liable to speedy decay. The same law holds in the animal kingdom ; and I would ask, has it hitherto been observed by man? It ie notori* AKD PBILOSOPHT OF OENTERlTIOir. 207 OHB that it has not ; indeed, its existence has been either altogether unknown, or in a very high degree disregarded by human beings. The feeole. the sickly, the exhausted with age, and the incompletely developed, through extreme youth, marry, and, without the least compunction regarding the organl- eat«k)n which they shall transmit to their offt^prlng, send into the world miserable beings, the verv rudi- ments of whose existence are tainted with disease_ If we trace such conduct to its source, we shall find it to originate either in animal prooensity, intellectual ignorance, or more frequently in both. The inspiring motives are generally mere sensual appetite, avarice, or ambition, operating in the ab- sence of all just conceptions of the impending evils The Dunishment of this offence is debility and pain transmitted to the children, and reflected back in ftQxiety and sorrow on the parents. Still the great point to be kept in view is, that these miseries are not legitimate consequences of observance of the orgainc laws, but the direct chastisement of their infunge- ment. These laws are unbending, and admit ol no exception ; they must be fulfilled, or the penalties of disobedience will follow. On this subject profound ignorance reigns in society. From such observations as I have been able to ftiake, I am convinced that the union of certain tem- peraments and combinations of mental organs in the parents, are highly conducive to health, and moral' 108 PKTSioLoaT or mirruoi, Ity in the offspriog, and vice versa ; and that thrsa conditions may be discovered and taught with far greater certainty, facility and advantage, than ia generally imagined. It will be time enough to con- clude that men are naturally incapable of obedience to the organic laws, when, after their intellectual faculties and moral sentiments have been trained to observance of the Creator's institution, as at once their interest, and a grand source of their enjoyment, they shall be found to continue to rebel. In regard to the foregoing propositions, I would observe that a manifest distinction exists between transmission of monstrosities or mutilations, which constitute additions to, or abstractions from, the natural lineaments of the body, and transmission of a mere tendency in particular organs to a greater or less development in point of size, and of energy in their natural functions. This last appears to me to be influenced by the state of the parents at the time when existence is communicated to the oflspring. On this point, Dr. Pritcuard fays : " The opinion which formerly prevailed, and which has been en- tertained by some modern writers, among whom is Dr. Darwin, that at the period wdien organization commences in the ovum, that is, at or soon after the time of conception, the structure of the foetus is ca- pable of undergoing modilication from impressicni on the mind or senses of the parent, does not appear altogether so improbable. It is ooatrad'.clcd, si IKD PHTLOSOPHT OP GENKRATION. 208 least, by no faot in physiology. It is an opion of ▼ery ancient, prevalence, and may be traced to so re- mote a period, that its rise cannot be attributed to the speculations of philosophers, and it is diflScult to ttccount for the origin of such a persuasion, unless we ascribe it to the facts which happened to be o)> ferved." The degeneracy and even idiocy of some of the noble and royal families of Spain and Portugal, from marrying nieces and other near relations, is well known ; and defective brains, in all these cases, aro observed. Many facts illustrate the inflaence of the state of the parents, particularly of the mother, at the time when the existence of the child commenced, on ita mental talents and dispositions. " The father of Napoleon Bonaparte," says Sir Walter Scott, "is stated to have possessed a very handsome person, a talent for eloquence, and a viv- acity of intellect, which he transmitted to hi» Bon." " It was in the middle of civil discord, fights, and ekirmishcB, that Charles Bonaparte married Laetitia Ramolini, one of the most beautiful young women of the island, and possessed of a great deal of firn* ness of character. She partook of the dangers of ker husband during the years of civil war^ and ib Bald to have accompanied him on horseback oa sona« military expeditioa«. or perhaps hasty flights, short 6 210 PHTSIOLOOT OP If AnRIAOE, ly before her being delivered of the future emperor.* [Lifv' of Napoleon Bonaparte, vol. iii.. p. vi.] The murder of David Rizzio was perpetrated by •rnied nobles, with many circumstances of violence and terror, in the presence of Mary, Queen of Scot- land, shortly before the birth of her son, afterwards James the First of England. The constitutional li- ability of this monarch to emotions of fear, is rec- orded as a characteristic of his mind ; and it has been mentioned that he even started involuntarily at the sight of a drawn sword. Queen Mary was not deficient in courage, and the Stuarts, both be- fore and after James the First, were distinguished for this quality ; so that his dispositions were an ex- ception to the family character. Napoleon and James form striking contrasts : and it may be re- marked that the mind of Napoleon's mother appears to have risen to the danger to which she was ex- posed, and braved it ; while the circumstances in which Queen Mary wqb placed, were calculated to inspire her with fear alone. If this be really the law of nature, as there is great reason for believing, then parents, in whom comba- tiveness and destructiveness are in habitual activity, will transmit these organs, in a state of high devel- opment and excitement, to their children ; and those in whom the moral and intellectual organs exist ia Euprorae vigor, will transmit these in the greatest ^rfection. m AfTD PHILOSOPHY OP OEN'ERATIOIf. 211 This view is in harmony with the fact, that chiW drcQ generally, though not universally, restmbla their parents in their mental qualities ; because the largest organs bemg naturally the most active, tho general and habitual state of the parents will be de- termined by those which predominate in size in their own brains ; and on the principle that predominance in activity and energy causes the transmission of Bimilar qualities to the offspring, the children will, in this way, very generally resemble the parents. But they will not always do so ; because, even the very inferior characters, in whom the moral and in- tellectual organs are deficient, may be occasionally exposed to external influences, which, for the time, may excite these organs to unwonted vivacity ; and, according to the rule now explained, a child dating its existence from that period, may inherit a higher organization of brain than the parent. Or, a percon with an excellent moral development, may, by some particular occurrence, have his animal propensities roused to unwonted vigor, and his moral sentiment! thrown,for the time, into the shade ; and any offspriug connected with this condition would prove inferior to himself in the development of the moral organs,and greatly surpass him in the size of those of the pro- pensities. I repeat, that I do not present these views as as- certained phrenological science, but as inferencet itroDgly supported by facts, and consisteot with 212 PHYSIOLOGY OP MAJUIL4.QB, known phenomena. If we suppose them to be true, they will greatly strengthen the motives for preserr. Ing the habitual supremacy of the moral sentiments apd intellects, when, by doing so, imprnved moral and intellectual capacities may be conferred on off- «pring. If it be true that this lower world is arranged in harmony with the supremacy of the higher faculties, what a noble prospect would this law open up of the possibility of man ultimately becoming capable of placing himself more fully in accordance with the Divine institutions, than he has hitherto been able to do ; and, in consequence, of reaping numberless en- joyments that appear destined for him by his Creator, and avoiding thousands of miseries that now render life too often only a series of calamities. The views here expounded also harmonise with the second principle of that Essay ; namely, that, as activity in the faculties is the fountain of enjoyment, the whole constitution of nature is designedly framed to support them in ceaseless action. What scope for observation, reflection, the exercise of moral senti- ments, and the regulation of animal impulse, doea not this picture of nature present ! A man and woman about to marry, have, in Ihs generality of cases, the health and happiness of five or more human beings depending on their attention to considerations, essentially the same as the forego* Ing, and yet how much less scrupuloui are they than the mere speculators in money. AND PHILOSOPHY OF GEXBRATION/ 211 There is no moral difficulty in admitting and a^ loiriiig tiie wisdom and benevolence of the inslitu. tfon by which good qualities are transmitted from parents to children ; but it ia frequeuUy held as un- just to the latter, that they should inherit parental ''.-lrtli3:;::ic£. and so ho. made to suffer for sins which .oey did not comaiit. In treating of this difQculty, I must again reftr to the supremacy of the moral sentiments aa the theory of the constitution of tho world. The animal propensities are all selGsh, and regard only the immediate and apparent interest of the individual •, while the higher sentiments delight in that which communicates the greatest quantity of enjoyment to the greatest number. Now, let us suppose the law of hereditary dcjjcent to be abrogated altogether, that it is to say, that each individual of the race was, at birth, endowed with fixed natural qualities, without the slightest refer- ence to what his parents had been or done ! this form of constitution would obviously cut off every possi- bility of improvement in the race. Children of the individuals who have obeyed the organic, the moral and Intellectual laws will not Btart from the highest level of their parents in ac- quired knowledge, but they will inherit a tendency towards an enlarged development of the moral and intellectual organs, and thereby enjoy an increasing capability ot discovering and obeying the Creator' institutions. It will thus bo seen that no means bar 214 PHTSIOLOOT or MAIIRIIOB, yot been discovered by which the sexes caa be pt^ ereated at will. Theories of Human Generation. The theories of generation now maintained art four : — 1. The transmission of the spermatic fluid of the male through the uterus, uterine tube, or oviduct to the ovary, a vesicle, ovum, or egg, of which W vivified and passes into the womb to be developed, until the expiration of the niuth month, when it is born, and becomes an independent being. 2. The transmission of a subtle vapor or effluvium from the male semen (^aura seminalis) through the same parts to the ovary, the impregnated ovum passing into the uterus, to be developed in the manner before stated. 3. The absorption of the seminal fluid of the male from the surface to the vagina, 4. That the ova that is given off from the female once in each month, at each menstrual period, descends the Fallopian tube to the womb, and there meeting the male sperm, or semen, becomes impregnated ; and that impreg- nation cannot take place at any other time, than just tefore or a few days after the menstrual flow. The transmission of the spermatic fluid through the uterus, uterine tube, or oviduct to the ©vary, a vesicle, ovum, or egg, is vivified or fecundated, and oassyCf /Jito *Jie womb to be developed until the ex iSTD PHILOSOPUT OF QKKBRITIOJ*. JIJ piration of the ninth month or fortieth week, when 11 is born, and becomes an independent being. This ii the general opinion. But, like every thing else connected with tliia Bubject, it is, as yet, all a mystery, and, be- yond all doubt, ever will remain so ; and wo think it well for the human race that it should, for it certainly never was intended by the Crea- tor that the wisdom of man should be the means of bring about his own ruin, by attempt- ing to control the destiny of his race, so as to suit his own convenience. The moment the spermatic fluid arrives at the ovary, which is seized by the extremily of tb-i uterine tube, it acts on and vivifies one or moie ova or ovules, and forms the new being or beings. The fecundated ovule is "^ow the seat of a new vitality, it becomes swollen, reddish, and finally bursts its membrane, an4 detaches itself from the ovary. The fimbriated <"xtremity of the uterine or Fallopian tube is still in contact with the ovary, and favors the passage oT the newly-ibrmed being, the embryo, into the p'^rus to be developed until th« expiration of the ninth month, by a series of tho mest extraordinary changes. When the extremity of the tube 'oses its hold of the ovary, which may happen r rding to some writers, from exces^vi 216 PHYSIOLOGY OF MARRUOE, roluptuousness, fear, &c. ; tlie ovule on bursting iis eoveriug will fall into the abdomen, there develop Itself as an extra uterine pregnancy, and finally de etroy the patient unless relieved by gastrotomy. oi the first part of the Cesarean operation. It is, how ever, a fortunate circumstance that abdominal and tubal pregnances are of very rare occurrence. Almost all physiologists are of opinion that llie uterus possesses a power of suction and i:obibes tb? semen after its ejaculation, or a vapour arising from it. How can we explain the fact, that but one tube only is concerned in conception ? What was the ob- ject of nature, in forming two tubes, two ovaries, two testes, two seminal receptacles, if one organ in each sex be sufficient for the propagation of the spe- cies ? Or are the double organs ia each sex intend- ed for the formation of distinct sexes? The same orgasm that aflccts the ovary and tube ia Baid to render the womb vascular, and lightly con- gested. Its internal surface, thus irritated, secretes the albuminous concretion, called decidua, which becomes a membrane. These effects are purely sym^ pathetic, because they exist in extra-uterine preg nancies ; they are more perfect, however, when pre duced by the presence of the ovuie. >■ ■ The volume, form., and direction of the uterus are gradually changed after conception ; its parietie* &r« enermously thickened ; its weight, at the con*' UTD PHILOSOPHY OF GENERATION. 2if pletion of the term of gestation, Is two or throa pounds, and compared with that of a woman who has been a mother [two ounces], and with that of a firgin [half an ounce], we find it multiplied bj >«eariy twelve and twenty-four. The illustrious Harvey made a vast number of dissections of hinds after copulation, and never dis- covered the male fluid in the womb ; hence the opi- nion was confirmed, that a vapor arose from it — aura semlnalls — which passed through the womb and tube to the ovary, one of whose ova or vesicles it impregnated ; and that the ovule was conveyed through the tube into the womb to be nourished. In support of this theory, it is urged that impreg- nation has happened though the hymen was perfect and closed up the orifice of the vagina, except at the upper part, when no penetration of the male, further than between the external labia, took place. There are many cases of this kind on record ; and a most remarkable one was lately described by Dr. KEXifEDY, %f Dublin. The penis does not enter the orifice of the womb, which is not much larger, in the unini» pregnated state, than that of the male urethra. 1 have read of several instances in which the applica- tion of the male fluid between the external labia caused impregnation ; a fact also attested by Da. Blcndell, in his lectures in the Lancet : *' I know uiree cases in which the male organ was not suffered Ic enter the vagina at all, and where, nererfheless, ilS PHYSrOLOGT OF MARRTAGE, I suppose, from the mere deposition of the Bet'*;ea upou the labia, impregnation took place. I hav« known women astonished to find themselves preg* Qant, being persuaded that impregnation was impos- tible, until, to their sorrow, the unwelcome truth was unfolded. In a word, from several facts of this kind, too delicate for a fuller dii."iclosure, I am satis- fied that very small quantities of the semen intro- duced into the lower part of the vagina, where there is an aptitude to become pregnant, will give rise to the new structure." A healthful woman may be impregnated uncon- sciously, during inebriation, narcotism, catalepsy, and profound sleep. I have also heard of cases in which the greater part of the penis was destroyer by disease, or amputated close to the pubis, and ye persons so mutilated, contiuued to propagate. Ic such cases, there can be but very imperfect penetra- tion, but it is to be remembered that the expulsive power of the ejaculatory muscles of the penis re- ^ mains in its natural condition. These and similar cases prove that perfect or deep penetration is not necessary for procreation, and they also favor the third theory of absorptioa of the semen from the vagina. These cases show that it is not necessary that the male semen should be injected into the womb. D«. BiiUNDELL supposes that, when there is a deposition •u the vulva, generation depends on the admixture iW) PlrtLOSOraT OP GENERATION. 219 tf the male fluid ivith the secrttions of tbfi female : " for dilation does not destroy the Iccundatlng pow. er," On a careful review of all the theories of huiimn generation, we can only arrive at a conclusion ^d- mittod by all, tbat a union of the sexes is necessary, that hoi.h should be in good or lolcrably I'ood health, and that ih<' junciioyi ought only to he performed when dictated by nature. The primitive lathers and pbyslcic^ns have duly noticed the evils to which I allude ; and every ex- perienced medical practitioner can prove their fre- quent occurrence. It is all well for seutimontalieit* and the mock-modest to declaim about a uoiio<; of them ; but nature, justice, morality, and tlio prcK*r- vation of the human Ijcalth, as well as the pcrpetu* ation of the human race, demand It. Such, however Is the hypocrisy of the day. that oven a nolioo in the dead language is abused and condemned by ignorant intolerant bigots and fools, who are unable to ap predate the importance of the subject. Foetus in the Womb All obstetric writers agree that riie circulatiot between the mother and the infant is interrupted h< 'he placenta or after-birth, and also that there Is nf:' a direct nervous connection between them. N\-r>.? 220 rHYBIOLOOf OF MARUIAOR ha^e never been discovered in tbe placenta or iti contintiation, the navel Cord, which passes into the infantile abdomen. The mind of the mother, there- fore, cannot have a direct influence upon the feet us, nc more than the circulation of her blood. Ths pulse of the mother is about 70, that of the foetus m the womb 120 — 140. Mental and corporeal excite- ment may derange the function of the brain, nervous gystem, heart, and digestive apparatus of the mother ; but such derangements have only an indirect effect upon the foetus in utero. It therefore follows that the imagination of the mother cannot mark or deforna the offspring, for if it could, no infant would be per- fect ; because there never, perhaps, was a pregnant woman who was not more or less frightened, or who wag free from longings during her condition ; and yet bow few deformed or disfigured infants are born. The imagination is excited in every case of preg- nancy, there is a constant cause, but very rarely an effect. This Is bad philosophy ; for every obstetrlcan engaged in practice has repeatedly known pregnant women who had ungratlfied longings, who had been frigiitened by dismal objects, or had met with dread- ful accidents or misfortunes, and yet their infiiuli wore perfect. We see this illustrated every day. Nevertheless, the belief is general among the middlt and lower classes, and even among some medical prac-tilioncrs, that the frights, longings, and imagi- oation? of thr" mother can mirk a:id deform the ofT- AND PHn.OSOriTTOF OE>riRAttC!l«. 221 fprin<^ ; but this opinion is coatrary to nar are, rea- son, common observation, and modical science. 1 have known of instances in whicti women feared that their infants would be marked ; but I never met with one case in which such anticipations was con firmed. The belief in this error is, however, of great antiquity. Pathology of the Genertxcive Organs. It is generally admitted, by the most emment modern writers, that the present mode of female edu- cation ie hi|^ly injurious to healih, predisposes to spinal curvature, and, consequently, to deformity of the hip and other bones, thereby often rendering parturition highly dangerous and fatal. Again, great injury is inflicted on the natural de- velopment of children and young females, by the foolish custom Oi*" tighi lacing, which impedes the .'unctions of the thoracic and abdominal viscera, pre- veni.'' the development of the breasts and nipples •, for these organs arcconsid(Tably absorbed from pre* f uro— the lactiferous ducts are almost obliterated— tlic nipples will be undeveloped at the end ol preg- ji;iiicy--liictation will be impeded or absent after (I'^lirery — the natural food ol the offspring greatly limlu'shcd— whi>e the mnlhrr will be affected with 2^2 PHTSIOT>0OT OF MARUIJlWi rnflaraed breasts, or sore nipples, which may Jay the foundation of cancer. Some complaint!? are aggravated by marriage, sncli as inveterate scrofula, epilepsy, confirmed phthisis, caries of the vertebrae, distortion of the spine, dis- eases of the heart and large vessels, &:c. All disqualifications for matrimonial union may be divided into two classes. First, those caused by defect ol mental power ; and secondly, those caused by delect of sexual organization. The disqualifica- tions are, therefore, moral and physical, and are usu« ally expressed by the terms impotence and sterility. These terms are often used synonymously, though widely different. Impotence consists in the incapac- ity for copulation, or in the impossibility of exerds- ing the venereal act ; sterility consists in the apti- tude of the organs for procreation, without the power of reproduction. Thus a person rnay be im- potent but not sterile, and vice versa. Some writers apply the term impotence to the male ; but such a distinction is arbitrary and unscientific. The female may be impotent from malformation, au-d the mala sterile from excessive venery, onanism, self-pollu- tion, and diseases of the testicles. A. man who if Impotent is necessarily sterile ; but a woman may \i» impotent and not sterile. I need scarcely rcirarV: t> \t sterility does not afford a just plea for the '»'^) ^ y or marriage. The manifest causes of impote"--^ \ >' Iwiheexep, may be divided into physical and m<^ ' and phn.osopht 0? oexep.atiox. 225 Physical, manifest, natural, or accidental iji« POTENCE OF THE MAL£. — The causes of maniifst in> potence of the male, are absence of the penis or tes- ticles. There must be total loss of the penis, as tho llightest penetration into the vaffina is sufficient for procreation. There may be congenital want of th« penis, or it may be partially lost by accident, as by the bitee of animals, burns, wounds, or surgical ope- rations. It may be removed close to the pubes, yet the ejaculatory muscles retain their power, and will propel the semen with sufficient, indeed the natural force, so that it may effect impregnation. The absence of one or both of the testicles from th« Borotum, is no proof of their non-existence in the ab- domen ; unless the penis be small, the voice puerile, the beard absent, the form delicate, and the whole physical and moral constitution feminine. It is well kQ >wn that the testicles may not descend into the icrotum, though they may be fully developed in the abdomen and perform their functions perfectly. The destruction of one testicle by castration or disease is no impediment to procreation, no more than the loss of one eye is to vision. But when both testicles are completely diseased, their secretion if injured or suppressed, and incurable sterility is tha consequence. Frequent seminal enussions, or tht fudden secretion of semen during coition, is gene- rally an effectual bar to reproduction. The secret* g power of the testes may be very much increat'Qd 224 PHTSIOLOOT OF MAARUOB, ©r diminished. The more fluid parts of the sperm atic fluid must be absorbed, and the semen mast b* retained some hours, to effect procreation. Both testicles may be removed by castration, yet procreation may be accomplished, as the yesiculaB seminales, or seminal receptacles, may contain %i the time of the operation a sufficient quantity of se- men for one or two prolific emissions, after which the person will be sterile but not impotent. "It must be admitted, however," M. Fodere ob- ierves, " that thickness of the penis, which excitea great pain in some women, procures voluptuous sen- sations in others, and that the vagina is capable of great dilatation, which may be effected by gentle and gradual efforts, and reduced to a state capable of receiving the virile member. Though extreme length of the penis," he continues, " may produce contusion of the os and cervix uteri, it cannot be deemed a just cause of impotence, because, by cer- tain precautions, this danger may be avoided, un- less there is a great difference between the age of the parties/ Impotence in men depends on defect of some ont or more ot these conditions : erection, intromission, and ejaculation of the spermatic fluid. The causei of impotence are more commonly obeei ved in mao lh?^n in the other sex ; and this is easily accounted ft; by the greater part the male has to perform in "■ iial congress. Thii is evident from the phenoin- AND PHILOSOPHT OF GENERA.TIOH. 125 ena which give the virile member the form and dis- position proper for erection, the introduction of the orcjan, and the ejaculation of the semen, which are eflected by a violent and complrcated action, whicL requires a concurrence of many indispensable condi- tions, as the organs not only contract spasmodically to effect the expulsion of the male fluid, but all the oody participates in this convulsion at the moment of emission, as if nature at this instant forgot every other function. The causes of impotence in man arise from two sources, from malformation of the genitals, or from want of action in them ; but in fe- males, impotence can only depend on malformation, either natural or acquired. The causes of want of erection may be divided in- to physical and moral. The physical causes depend on defects of the body, as paralysis of the penis, cur- vature of the spine, frigid and apathetic tempera- ment. The moral causes are such as act powerfully on the imagination^ and suddenly produce an atony of the genitals, or induce an inactivity in organa properly developed. Among the causes of want of erection, we must reckon a frigid or apathetic constitution, a total in- sensibility to sexual desire, and this is said to be ol a profound lymphatic temperament. A habitude of chastity is another opponent to er- ection, such as characterized the ancient fathers of file desert, and those who, by fasting and other 226 FETSIOLOQT OV MARRUGB, forms of church discipline, generally, but not *V ways, extinguish certain desires implanted by na- ture, but, in their opinion, contrary to that of chafr tity. The sexual organs of such persons decay, like all other organs whose functions are not exerted. Long-continued debauchery, whether with womea or by masturbation, will also cause impotence. Im potence is often caused by debility of the genital or- gans, induced by precocious venereal enjoyments, or by the abuse of the sexual function by solitarj indulgence or masturbation. Excessive desire or love may cause impotence Every exciting or depressing passion which operatei during the act of reproduction, may be a temporary cause of impotence. All causes of debility, whether temporal or physical, impede the function of gene- ration. Priapism and satyriasis impede seminal emission, and may be causes of impotence and Bter^ ility. It is known to every well-developed adult, that the influence or the mind is very great on the gene- tative function, and may wholly prevent the com- pletion of the act. If the imagination wanders from the real object of desiring species, impregnation it often but noi always impeded, and issue seldom fol- lows. SxEitNE has happ-ily commented on thife poiul^ jn the first chapter of one of his most popuJai works ; and his views are strictly physiological. When th« one partj •ntertaius dislike or disgust to the othei^ AND PHILOSOPBT Of OENERITION. 227 or when either allows the mind to be occupied with the image ot another individual, the act of genera- tion may be duly performed, and the offspring will bear a strong resemblance to the person who occu- pied the imagination of the party. Dr. A. T. Thomp- son gives a remarkable example of this kind in hi» Lectures on Medical Jurisprudence, published in the Loudon Medical and Surgical Journal. There are many cases in which impotence is caused by the hatred and disgust of the husband towards his wife, chough he is capable of cohabiting with other women. There are many other causes of impotence besides those already mentioned, which may be briefly noticed. Long watching, great fatigue, mental or corporeal, want of nutriment, excessive evacuations of blood, bile, faeces, saliva, menses, scurvy, malig- nant fevers, diseases of the brain and spinal marrow, whether from external injuries or poisons, and numer- ous other diseases,are temporary causes of impotence. Sexual desire is suppressed by acute diseases, and usually returns after convalescence. Zacchias and Beck relate numerous cases in proof of this position We see this further illustrated during the commence- ment of convalescence after ferers, when erection ii frequently observed. Some diseases stimulate the generative organs as calculus in the kidneys or blad- der, stricture of the urethra, diseases of the prostrate gland, as well as gout, rheumatism, consumption PHTSIOMOT OP ILiRRUOB, t^iles, aianiA, itch, leprosj, and other cutaneooi affections. Excessire venery is a frequent cause of want of erection and impotence. I have been consulted in several cases of this description. This is a frequent cause of want of offspring in young married persons, as well as in those who indulge in a solitary vice. lo these cases, the semen may escape without the aid of the ejaculatory muscles, is imperfect in quality, and devoid of prolific power until the health is im- proved. There is generally inflammation of the se- minal vesicles in these cases, and seminal debility or spermatorrhoea The abuses of narcotics, saline refrigerants, acids, Dcid fruits, &c., are causes of impotence, as they re- tluce the muscular power below the ordinary state. Koral Causes. Chagrin, inquietude, and debilitating passions io- fluenco the whole economy ; jealousy, and profound meditation, impede the faculty of procreation. Thus^ at the very moment when enjoyment is about to be commenced, too eager desire, the excess of love, the fear of not being loved, timidity, respect, doubt o^ capability, the fear of being surprised, the shame of exoeaeive modesty on being in the presence of wit- jiewcs, an ipathy, the ecatacy &a beholding the a^ Ain) PHILOSOPHT Of OENERATIOST. 229 tractions of a beloved woman, the continence imposed by real and true love, the sudden knowledge of some physical defect of the female, aversion from filth, odor, and pre-occupations of the mind, are sufficient to oppose erection, and to abate it mo3t suddenly. But who can enumerate all the moral causes capable of impeding or abating erection ? A sigh, doubtfully interpreted ; a recollection, an equivocal word, are sufiScient to debtroy the illusion, and congeal the most violent passion. A newly married man has become suddenly impotent, on discovering his wife to be without a hymen, though the absence of this membrane is no proof of unchastity ; and a debau- chee has as suddenly become impotent, on finding the membrane perfect. — {Diet, de Sc. Medicales.) It is thus with a literary man, a philosopher, or all those who have a ruling idea, which excites the brain more than the sexual organs. Nevertheless uch individuals are often excessively amorous. Great nervousness, frigidity,a defect in the moral or physical condition, render the act of procreation in- fecund, and often impossible. The fear of being im- potent is by far the most frequent and powerful cause of this condition. Many individuals suppow there is no physical power when the moral state d»« Btroya their desires, and they are impotent as long a* they suppose themselves so. Such is the power of the moral over the physical state of man. Many im. potent persons of this class are cured, by quietinf jjgQ PHTSIOLOOT 07 lLiJlRI19B, the Imagination and strengthening the constitutio% M I have also observed in numerons instances. Some persons labor under moral or temporal y, and cot under physical or persistent impotence, and are cured by invigorating the general health and the genital organs. Impotence, I!ratui*al. Manifest, or Incidcnta s Woman. The causes of impotence in women are malforma- tions or diseases of the sexual organs. Some of these causes are apparent, others obscure. The apparent causes are, obliteration of the external sexual organs, both soft and bony, absence of the vagina and uterus, and great deformity of the pelvis, with numerous diseases of the external and internal genitals. The vagina and uterus have been found to consist of a denoe, fleshy substance ; and the vagina has been partially closed by a similar growth. It may be absenv, unusually small, impervious from adhesions, tumourf, or a fraenum passing across above the hy- men, 01 it may be filled with a fleshy production. If too narrow, it may be dilated with a bougie, or • •pon/?e-tent, and when unattended to, must be divi- ded bv incision, to admit of coition, or the passage of the infani. The oriflce may cohere after concep* tioQ. There is sometimes a great congenital conts* AMD PHIL090FHT OF OEMERATTOir. 231 eloa of the parts, so much 60, that it would be tedioai fco describe them. la cases of extreme narrowness, Impregaation may tal^e place, and the canal be gradu- ftUy dilated during pregnancy or parturition. The vaginal canal may be totally or partially obliterated, and in such cases an operation is impracticable^ and impotence absolute. The vagina has opened into the bladder, into the rectum, on the anterior parie* tes of the abdomen, and pregnancy has occurred in the two latter cases. The whole of the causes of im- potence and sterility in women may be arranged under three classes : 1. Those depending on the organs which receiv* the male fluid, namely, the external genital fissure, the vagina, and uterus. 2. Malformation, or diseases of the organs that transmit it to the ovaries, and convey the embryo to the uterus, and these are the Fallopian or uterine tubes. 3. The malformation, or diseases of the o varies OT organs which supply the germs for fecundation. Inflammation, ulceration, scirrhus, cancer, ossifica- tion, calcareous deposit, or tumours in any of these wgans, may be the cause of sterility. In fact, any disease of the female genitals, attended with much constitutional disturbance, may be considered a tem- porary cause of sterility. Tumours of various kinds adhesions, from disease or mechanical violence, dis- placement of the uterus, when present in the femalf 233 PHT8I0L0OT or XAMtUfin, organs, are causes of infecundity. Among the ten^ porary causes of female impotence, are excessiv* dimensions of the clitoris and nymphse ; but thesf we remorable by operation. The constitution may undergo changes favorable to fecundity. Thus we often see women who bear children, after having been barren for ten or twenty years. Others have a family without experiencing any enjoyment, according to their account, during intercourse ; and some who sufifer the embraces of their husbands with pain or even disgust. When persons have no sexual dcAire, or when there are physical defects of their organs which cannot b« remedied by surgical operation, they commit a great moral offence on entering into the marriage state, by depriving another individual of those conjugal lighti which nature hag estafadisbed. TALUABLE RECIPES. 233 To Make Pastes and Pastry. German Paste.— Three-quarters of a potiLd of flour; half a pound of butter ; halfapound of sugar ; peel of a lemon ; two eggs ; half an eggshell of water. Take three-quarters of a pound of fine flour, put into it half a pound of butter, the same of powdered sugar, and the peel of a lemon grated ; make a hole in the middle of the flour, break in the yolks of two eggs, reserving the whites, which are to be well beaten ; then mix all well together. If the eggs do not sufficiently moisten the paste, add half an eggshell of water. Mix all thoroughly, but do not handle it too much. Roll it out thin, and you may use it for all sorts of pastry. Before putting it into the oven, wash over the pastry with the white of the beaten eggs, ond shake over a little powdered sugarc Yert Rich Short Crust. — Ten ounces of butter ; one pound of flour ; a pinch of salt ; ':wo ounces of loaf sugar, and a little milk. 3reak ten ounces of butter into a pound of Jour dried and sifted, add a pinch of salt and two ounces of loaf sugar, rolled fine. Make it into a very si^^oth paste as lightly as pos- sible, with two well-beaten eggt^, and nuffi- cient iailk to moisten tbti paste. 2o4: VALUABLS RECIPES. A Light Puff Paste — American. — One pound of sifted flour; oue pound of fresh but- ter; two teaspoonfuls of cream of tartar; one teaspoonful of soda; a little water. Work one-fourth of the butter into the flour until it is like sand ; measure the cream of tartar and the soda, rub it through a sieve, put it to the flour, add enough cold water to bind it, and work it smooth ; dredge flour over the paste- slab or board, rub a little flour over the roll- ing-pin, and roll the paste to about half an inch thickness ; spread over the whole sur- face one-third of the remaining butter, then fold it up ; dredge flour over the pasteslab and rolling-pin, and roll it out again ; then put another portion of the butter, and fold and roll again, and spread on the remaining butter, and fold and roll for the last time. Cherry Takt. — Time to bake, thirty-five to forty minutes. About one pound and a half of cherries ; half a pound of short crust ; moist sugar to taste. Pick the stalks from the cherries, put a tiny cup upside down in the middle of a deep pie-dish, flU round it with the fruit, and add moist sugar to taste. Lay some short crust round the edge of the dish, put on the cover as directed before, ornament the edges, and bake it in a quick oven. When ready to serve, sift some loaf bu^'ji' over the top. VALUABLE EECIPES. 235 Cranberry Tart. — Time to bake, three- quarters of an hovLv or an hour. One quart of cranberries; one pint of water ; one pound of moist sugar ; puff paste. Pick a quart of cranberries free from all imperfections, put a pint of water to them, and put them into a stewpan, add a pound of fine brown sugar to them, and set them over the fire to stew gently until they are soft, then mash them with a silver spoon, and turn them into a pie-dish to become cold. Put a puff paste round the edge of the dish, and cover it over with a crust ; or make an open tart in a flat dish with paste all over the bottom of it and round the edge; put in the cranberries; lay cross bars of paste over the top, and bake. Rhubarb Tart. — Time to bake, three- quarters of an hour to one hour. Some stalks of rhubarb ; one large teacupful of sugar ; some puff paste. Cut the large stalks from the leaves, strip off the outside skin, and cut the sticks into pieces half an iuch long. Line a pie-dish with paste rolled rather thicker than a crown piece, put in a layer of rhu- barb, stew the sugar over it, then fill it up with the. other pieces of stalks, cover it with a rich puff paste, cut a slit in the center, trim off the edge with a knife, and bake it in a quick oven. Glaze the top or strew sugar over it. 2:iti VALUABLE RECIPES. Paste foe Custaiids. — Six ounces of but- ter ; half a pound of flour; yolk of two eggs ; three tablespoonfuls of cream. Rub six ounces of butter into half a pound of flour. Mix it well together with two beaten eggs and three tablespoonfuls of cream. Let it stand a quarter of an hour ; then work it up ; and roll it out very thin for use. To Ice or Glaze Pastry, or Sweet Dishes. — Whites of two eggs to three ounces of loaf sugar. To ice pastry, or any sweet dishes, break the whites of some new-laid eggs into a large soup plate, and beat them with the blade of a knife to a firm froth. When the pastry is nearly done, take it from the oven, brush it well over with the beaten egg, and sift the pounded sugar over it in the above proportion. Put it again into the oven to dry or set, taking care it is not discolored. Or beat the yolks of eggs and a little warm butter well together, brush the pastry over with it when nearly baked, sift pounded sugar thickly over it, and put it into the oven to dry. For raised, or meat pies, the yolks of eggs must be used. Red Currant ArfD Raspberry Tart. — Time to bake, three-quarters of an hour. A pint and a half of picked red currants; three- quarters of a pint of raspberries ; a quarter of a pound of moist sugar ; half a pound of VALUABLE BEGIPES. 237 puff paste. Pick the currants and raspber^ ries from their stalks, mix them together in a pie-dish with the moist sugar. Wet the edge of the dish, place a band of puff paste round it ; wet that also. Cover the top with puff paste, pressing it round the edge with your thumbs. Cut the overhanging edge off evenly. Tlien scollop the edge by first chop- ping it in lines all round, and then giving them a little twist, at regular intervals, with the knife. Take the edges you have cut off, flour them, roll them out, and cut them into leaves to ornament the top. Egg it over and bake it. When done, dredge it with white sugar, and salamander it. Gooseberry Tart. — Time to bake, about three-quarter of an hour. One quart of gooseberries ; rather more than half a pound of short crust ; five or six ounces" of moist sugar. Cut off the tops and tails from a quart of gooseberries, put them into a deep pie-dish with five or six ounces of good moist sugar, line the edge of the dish with short crust, put on the cover, ornament the edges and top in the usual manner, and bake in a brisk oven. Serve with boiled custard or a jug of good cream. Plain Apple Tart. — Time to bake, one Lour, or, if small, half an hour. Apples; a teacupful of sugar ; peel of half a lemon or 238 VALUABLE RECIPES. three or four cloves ; half a pound of puft* paste. Rub a pie-dish over with butter, line it with short pie-crust rolled thin, pare some cooking apples, cut them in small pieces, fill the pie-dish with them, stew over them a cupful of fine moist sugar, three or four cloves, or a little grated lemon peel, and add a few spoonfuls of water ; then cover with puff paste crust, trim off the edges with a sharp knife, and cut a small slit at each end, pass a gigling iron around the pie ha^f an inch inside the edge, and bake in a quick oven. Open Apple Tabt. — Time to bake in a quick oven, until the paste loosens from the dish. One quart of sliced apples ; one tea- cupful of water ; one of fine moist sugar ; half a nutmeg ; yolk of one egg ; a little loaf sugar and milk ; puff paste. Peel and slice some cooking apples and stew them, putting a small cupful of water and the same of moist sugar to a quart of sliced apples, add half a nutmeg and the peel of a lemon grated, when , they are tender set them to cool. Line a shallow tin pie-dish with rich pie paste or light puff paste, put in the stewed apples half an inch deep, roll out some of the paste, wet it slightly over with the yolk of an egg beaten with a little milk, and a teaspoonful of powdered sugar, cut it in very narrow VALUABLE RECIPES. 239 strips, and lay them in crossbars or diamonds across the tart, lay another strip round the edge, trim off the outside neatly with a sharp knife, and bake in a quick oven until the paste loosens from the dish. Damson Taet. — Time to bake, three-quar- ters of an hour. One pint and a half of damsons ; five or six ounces of moist sugar ; half a pound of puff paste. Pick any stalks from the damsons and pile tliem high in the dish, stew the sugar well amongst the fruit, and pour in two or tliree spoonfuls of water. Line the edge of the pie-dish with a good puff paste, cover it with paste, and bake it in a well-heated oven. A short time before the tart is done, brush it over with the white of eggs beaten to a stiff froth, sift powdered sugar over it, and return it to the oven for about ten minutes. Meeixgt-e Tart. — An open tart of any preserves, jams, or stewed fruit ; whites of two eggs; a quarter of a pound of loaf sugar; flavoring of vanilla or lemons. Make any nice rich tart of preserves, jams, or stewed fruit ; whisk the whites of two eggs with a quarter of a pound of pounded loaf sugar and a flavoring of vanilla or lemon until it can be molded with a knife, lay it over the tart nearly an inch thick, and put it into the oven for a few minutes until it is slightly colored, • crve it hot or cold. 240 VALUABLE KECIPES. MiiTOE Pies. — Time, twenty-five to thirty minutes. Puff paste ; mincemeat. Roll out the puff paste to the thickness of a quarter of an inch ; line some good-sized patty-pans with it, fill them with mincemeat, cover with the paste, and cut it close round the edge of the patty-pan. Put them in a brisk oven. Beat the white of an egg to a stiff froth ; brush it over them when they are baked ; sift a little powdered sugar over them ; re- place them in the oven for a minute or two to dry the egg. Serve them on a table nap- kin very hot. Cold mince pies will re-warm, and be as good as fresh. * German Pastry. — Time, fifteen minutes. The weiglit of two egga in butter, flour, and sugar ; any preserve you like. Take two eggs well beaten, and mix them with their w^ght in flour and sugar. Beat well to- gether with a fork, lay half the paste on a tin, and put it into a brisk oven. "When a little set, spread over it preserve of apricot, or strawberry jam. Then add the remainder of the paste, and bake it again till quite set. When cold, sift a little sugar over it, and cut it into narrow strips. .Taetlets. — Time, fifteen to twenty min- utes. Some rich pufi' paste; any preserve you please, or marmalade. Cut as many rounds of rich puff paste, with a tin cutter, ua VALUABLE RECirES. 241 you require. Then cut an equal number, and press a smaller cutter inside them to remove the center and leave a ring. Moisten the rounds with water, and place the rings on them. Put them into a moderate oven for ten or twelve minutes, and, when done, fill the center with any preserve of apricot, strawberry, or orange marmalade. Stamp out a little of the paste rolled very thin, into stars, &c. Bake them lightly, and place one on the top of each tartlet. Serve them hot or cold. Orange Tartlets —•Time to bake, fifteen to twenty minutes. Two Seville oranges ; a piece of butter the size of a walnut; twice the weight of the oranges in pounded sugar ; puff paste. Take out the pulp from two Seville oranges, boil the peels until quite tender, and then beat them to a paste with twice their weight in pounded loaf sugar ; then add the pulp and t!:e juice of the oranges with a piece of butter the size of a walnut, beat all these ingredients well to- gether, line some patty-pans with rich puff paste, lay the orange mixture in them, and bake them. Lemon Puffs. — Time, six or eight minutes to bake. One pound and a quarter of loaf sugar; peel of two lemons; whites of three eggs. Beat and sift a pound and a quarter 242 VALUABLE KK0IPE3. of loaf sugar, and mix with it the peel of two lemons grated, whisk the whites of three eggs to a firm froth, add it gradually to the sugar and lemon, and beat it all together for one hour. Make it up into any shape you please, place the puffs on oiled paper on a tin, put them in a moderate oven, and bake. Jersey Wonders. — A quarter of a pound of sugar; ten ounces of butter; one pound of flour ; three large or four small eggs ; a little nutmeg. Work the sugar and butter to- gether till quite soft, throw in the eggs that have been previously well beaten, and then add the flour and a little nutmeg, knead twenty minutes and let it rise ; then roll it between your hands into round balls the size of a small potato, but do not add any more flour; flour your pasteboard lightly and roll out each ball into a thin oval the size of the hand, cut with a knife three slits like bars in the center of the oval, cross the two center ones with your fingers, and draw up the two sides between, put your finger through and drop into it boiling lard, which must be ready in a small stewpan. Turn them as they rise, and, when a nice brown, take them up with a fork, and lay them on a tray with paper underneath them. The lard must be boiling before putting them in ; a stewpan wide enough to put three in at once answers VALUABLE RECIPES. 243 best, and, when the lard would froth too much, add a little fresh before putting in any Hjore. When all are done, save the lard in a basin, as it will answer, by adding a little more fresh, to use again. Mince Meats. Apple Minoe Meat. — One pound of cur- rants ; one pound of peeled and chopped apples ; one pound of suet chopped fine ; one pound of moist sugar ; quarter of a pound of raisins stoned and cut in two ; the juice of four oranges and two lemons, with the chopped peel of one ; add of ground mace and allspice each a spoonful, and a wineglass of brandy. Mix all well together, and keep it closely covered in a cool place. Egg Mince Meat. — Six hard-boiled eggs shred very fine ; double the quantity of beef suet, chopped very fine ; one pound of cur- rants, washed and dried ; the peel of one large, or two small lemons, minced up ; six. tablespoonfuls of sweet wine ; a little mace nutmeg, and salt, with sugar to your taste ; add a quarter of a pound of candied orange and citron, cut into thin slices. Mix all well together, and press it into a jar for use. 244 VALUABLB RECIPES. Lemox Mince Meat. — One large lemon ; three large apples ; four ounces of beef suet ; half a pound of currants; four ounces of white sugar ; one ounce of candied orange and citron. Chop up the r4ii)les and beef Buet; mix them with the currants and sugar; then squeeze the juice from a large lemon into a cup. Boil the lemon thus squeezed till tender enough to beat to a mash ; add it to the mincej meat. Pour over it the juice of the lemon, and add the citron chopped fine. Baked and Boiled Puddings. For boiled pudding you will require either a mold, a basin, or a pudding-cloth : the former should have a close-fitting cover, and be rubbed over the inside with butter before putting the pudding in it, that it may not stick to the side ; the cloth should be dipped in boiling water, and then well fioured on the inside. A pudding-cloth must be kept very clean, and in a dry place. Bread puddings should be tied very loosely, as they swell very much in boiling. The water must be boiling when the pud- ding is put in, and continue to boil until it is done. If a pudding is boiled in a cloth it must be moved frequently whilst boiling, otherwise it will ^ glands, the former are first formed and tke latter ai% productions from their sides, growing as mere pouch- e#, and increasing in length like the tubes from which they originate. Hairs when left tc their natural growth attain a certain length, and are then thrown off by a process similar to the change of the coat in animals, their place being supplied by young hairs, which grow from the same tubes, and this temporary decadence of the hair occurs, also, when it is kept cut of mode- rate length. It has been ascertained that the ordinary length of the hair, as shown by measurement in women, ranges between twenty and thirty-six inches, and its weight from six to eight ounces. However, if the hair is kept closely shaven, it becomes persistent, and also increases in bulk and strength. The hair grows at the rate of one line and a half a week, or six and a half inches a year, being twenty-seven feet, if we live to be eighty. The shape of small hairs is cylin- dricaj, and more or less oval for long hairs. The hairs of the head are never perfectly cylindrical, and those of the beard and eyebrows are somewhat oval. When left to their natural growth, the end or tip is always conical aad pointed. The surface of the Bcalp presents about 120 superficial inches, and the number cf hairs on the entire head amounts to 90,000 in a thin head of hair, but in a thick head of hair the amount is much greater, for many of the 250 pores give passage lo two hairs. At ita lower end, the hair tube terminates in a cul-de-sac, and thia portion of its cavity is filled by an accumulation of fteshly-formed cells and granules, which constitute the root of the hair ; above this point, the little flia.iair, namely, that w-hich is in contact with the bottom of the hair tube, must be the most bulky part of the organ, and for this rea- son is called its bulb ; while the evaporation, w"hich occurs subsequently, explains the lesser thickness of the shaft. It might be difBcult to understand, without som« explanation, how a hair could be thicker at its root than in its shaft, unless the root itself w^ere station 254 ery and the producing organ oi tne part beyono i^ which is not the case. The root of a liair, whea freshly plucked, has a rounded swollen appearance, well expressed by the word bulb, and presents cer- tain varieties of aspect, being somewhat obtuse, BOinetimes conical, sometimes perfectly straight and sometimes clubbed or bent. The violence used in its removal is t^e cause of these appearances, there being more or le's of the membranous lining of the hair-tube torn a vay with it, which latter being drawn across the root, or rolling up on one or the other side, thus piyTuccs the irregularity alluded to. However, whcr» this membranous matter is washed away, the Chrous structure may be seen with the microscope to be the chief constituent of the root, and the fibres being diiferent in thickness, color, and length, the -cot has precisely the same appearance of an old p»\nt-brush, worn away to a single conical stump, a rsther uncouth but a very true comparison. Now, in regard to tha( portion of the shaft of the hair, which is contained v/i'^^hin the hair-tube, it is steadied in its position by coutact with the lining Bcarf-skin of the tube, and as tiie latter is continu- ally undergoing the process of formation and exfo- liation, or a kind of sheddin,"-, the superficial scales of the sheath are moved towapds the aperture with the growing hair, and are then scattered on the sur- face in the form of '* scurf." Th"! acu"f is, .therefore, 1 natural and healthy formation, anc t.\ou|;^i it "^af 255 be kept from accumulating, it caunot be provonted It is produced on every part of the liumau body to some extent, where hair is found, although, ft-om the more active growth of hair on the scalp, the facili- ties for collecting, and the contrast of color, W strikes the eye in that situation most disagreeably. Sometimes it happens, that instead of obtaining a free escape at the outlet of the tube. It becomes im- pacted, as known to be the frequent condition of the rfnctuous substance of the skin. In this case, the hair also is impeded in its onward movement ; for, although from the position of its scales, the hair is an agent in the prevention of such an occurrence, and would naturally can-y obstacles before it, yet the impaction is sometimes too great for the power which it is capable of exerting. If a condition of this kind occurs, the hair makes pressure on the sensitive surface of the bottom of the tube, and the impression so produced, transmitted to the nerves, is felt as a sensation of itching, that is, a sensation which, falling far short of pain, is never- theless disagreeable. A natural remedy for the un- pleasant sensation is at hand ; the nail of the finger is conveyed to the seat of inconvenience, it disturbs the impacted matter at the aperture of the tube, probably dislodges it, and the hair resumes its ao customed condition. Persons who are subject to a dry scalp know the , suffering which this trifling impaction occasions, for where the unctuous substance is deficient, such a 256 state is most likely to be produced. In the natural condition of the skin, the comb and brush are con trivances to prevent such a circumstance from ari» ing ; the regular and efficient use of them, therefore 1b demanded. The composition of the hair, as shown by chemical analysis, is a basis of animal matter, (albumen,) of a certain proportion of oily substance of the salts of lime which enter into the composition of boue,.flLiuf, sulphur, and two metals, namely, manganese and ii'on. The quantity of sulphur is considerable, and it is this substance which is the principal cause of tlie disagreeable odor evolved by hair when burning. The constituents of hair of v-arious colors also pr - sent some differences ; for example, red hair containa a reddish-colored oil, a large proportion of sulphur, aud a small quantity of ii'on ; fair hair, a white oil, with phosphate of magnesia ; and the white hair of the aged, a considerable quantity of bone earth, or phosphate of lime. Fair hair, according to analysis, contains the least carbon and hydi'ogen, and most oxygen aud sulphur ; black hair follows next ; while browu hair gives the largest proportion of carbon^ with less hydrogen than black hair, and the smallest quantity of oxygen and sulphur. The influence which moisture has on hair is caused Wy the presence of animal matter in all hair whila growing and in a healthy condition. Animal mat- ter, having saline substances entering into its co» ' ' ■- 25-7 [jositioii, has a great disposition tc attract flaida frou the atmosphere, and when this occurs, the shaft of the hair becomes swollen and straightened. On the contrary, when the hair contains a larger proportion of oilj substance, th« influence of the animal matter and salts, in the absorption of aqueous fluid, te checked, and the hair maintains its natural curli- ness. This is believed to be the explanation of the .tui'ling aad non-curiing quality as it exists in hair. The curling property of hair has given rise to much theoretical speculation on the part of Physiologists One attributes it to flatness of the shaft j another to unequal distril3ution of the fluids in the substance of the hair ; a third to impediment in its escape from the aperture of the hair tube ^ some to impediment in traversing the deep layer of the scarf-skin 5 and others to deficiency of gelatine. However, of all Ihcse theories, that which describes the curling pro- perty to flatness, is most likely right. The ordinary effect of damp in destroying th* eurls of the hair is well known, but it is not perhapt 60 well known that this state of the hah- participatei in the daily health of the individual. In other words, persona possessing cui'ly hair will find it losing its curly quality very soon when they are not well, giving rise, possibly, to the adage, " a big lick took the kincks out of him." Climate has a great influence on the curliness or tton-cm-Iiness of the haii*, as shown by the difterenca in this respect between the natives ©f the North and 258 of the South — the long lanky hair of the fonner, aa we see for instance in the regular homespun double- aud-twisted Jonathan from " down east," and the curly-haired high-strung southerner, from "away dowa ' paiatively trifling aid of the hair is, under some ci* 283 c. eumstances, of importance ia the exact counterpoisf 3f the manifold operations of the animal organism. Vauquelin and Fourcroy have given it as theil opinion that the hair, in conjunction with the other products of the skin, is capable of supplying the office of the kidneys. Again, it has been observed that the growth ol the hair is unusually rapid in that disease in which the functions of the lungs are more or less complete- ly abrogated, namely, pulmonary consumption ; and we are but too well acquainted with the long silken eyelashes, and long and streaming hair, of the suf- ferers from that distressing malady. It is a question, to what extent the hair, after it* growth is completed, is susceptible of influence pri>- ceeding from its formative element, the skin. In other words, whether it is capable of imbibing fluids derived from the bloodvessels, and, if so, whether this power of iir)Dibition extends to the entire length of the shaft, or is limited to that portion of the hair which is contained within the hair-tube. We have already stated our conviction that a transmission of fluids from the bloodvessels of the skin into the Bubstance of the hair really occurs ; the quantity oi Buch fluid and its nature being modified by the pecu- liarity of the constitution or state of health of the individual. Hence, in a state of perfect health, the hair may be full, glossy, and rich in its hues, in con- Bequence of the absorption from the blood of a nutri- tive juice, containing its proper proportioa of oily 264 and albumin oits elements. In persons oat of JieaTtb, it may lose its brilliancy of hae, and become lani and straight from tbe imbibition of juices im- perfect in composition and ill-eiaboratcd ; while, in a third group, there may be a total absence ol 8uch juices, and the buir, as a confiGquenc&, look dry^ faded, and, as indeed is tbe case, dead. That these phenomena do take place in the hair, I bare satisfied myself by frequent observations^ and I feel also satisfied that the juices penetrate to the extreme point of the hair. That there m«y be eijcumstances which msiy cause a limitation in tbe distance to which the fluids proceed, is quite obvious ; but thes* must be regarded in the Kght cf modifying eondi tions. Now, if it be established that tbe hair is suscep tible of perm«a4ion by fluids derived from the blood, it follows that such fiuids,^ beisg altered in their ehemical qualities, may possess tbe power of impres- sing new conditions on the strudsure inta which they enter. Thus, if they contain an cxeess of salts of lime, they may deposit lime in tbe tissue of the hair, ans so produce a change in its appearance from dark to gray. But the mysteries of vital chemistry are unknown to man, aiid other and more extraordinary changes may be produced in the juices of the bloo^l by sufl&cient caitses, and then such phenomena may result as the sudden conversion of a part, or, indeed, ©f tbe whole of the hair of the head, from a dark •olor to ooe of snowy wbiteoeee. 265 But, besides the sudden or speedy cod version ni the entire head of hair from a dark tint to white, tha change may be slow and partial, and having take& place, may either continue, or return, on a changa of health, to its natural hue. I am little disposed to speculate on the "modui operandi" of this change of color of the hair, but am content, for the present, to give a fitting place to the fact as it stands. The phenomenon may be the result of electrical action ; it may be the conse- quence of a chemical alteration wrought in the very blood itself; or it may be a conversion for which the tissue of the hair is chiefly responsible. It is by no means uncommon to find instances of a gradual change of color of the hair referable to a particular period of sickness or suflering. Diseases of the Hairs and Hair Tubes. Augmentation of hair in quaintity can only be regarded in the light of a peculiarity, so long as it is confined to those parts of the body which 073 properly organized for the production of long hair. It does, however, sometimes happen thai hair is produced in places where such a growth ia unnatural, and that the unnatural growth is accom- panied by an altered state of the entire skin. This is th£ CQfie in th/>se little patches and spots whidz 266 Bometimcs disfigure the flice, aud are called "moleib'' Moles-are of a dark color, generally covered witU hair of a longer or shorter growth, and come undei the popular designation of "mother's marks." Under the circumstances above detailed, and otherf to which I need not more particularly refer, it comea to be a question : How hairs in improper situations are to be disposed of? They may be removed with- out difficulty down to the level of the skin either by certain substances called "depiljjtories" or by the razor, but they speedily grow again, because the root remains behind, and is too deeply implanted to be reached by such means. Occasionally, even the temporary removal of the hairs by the depilatory, and its repetition from time to time, has been em- braced as a boon. The ordinary components of de- pilatories are quicklime, soda, aud a combination ot sulphur and arsenic ; when misapplied or allowed to remain on the skin too long, they are apt to ex- cite inflammation, and therefore require to be used with care. Another mode of disposing of extraneous hairs is by the tweezers, but this process is painful, and, like the preceding, only temporary. It is equal- ly apt with depilatories to cause a stronger growth of the hair, and sometimes gives rl^e to ugly marks and scars. Diminution of hair in quantity, from decadence, involves much more serious considerations than the opposite condition. I do not now allude to the fall &i the hair dependent on age 5 this is a natural oon- 267 •oqueuce on man's infirmity, and cannot bo regard ed as a disorder ; but sometimes the fall of the hair takes place in young persons, and then it becomes a serious evil. The degree of evil is necessarily much modified by circumstances ; if the subject be a lady, the inconvenience is greater than if it be of the op- posite sex. If the fall be limited to parts usually bald in the aged, again, the visitation may be bear- able even in a young man. But when the entire scalp is laid bare, and with it the eyebrows, eyelashes, whiskers, and beard are lost, the case is one of no common affliction. A wig but ill supplies the place of Nature's foliage, and burned cork for eyebrows is only passable as a stage efiect. But the annoyance is greater than all, when, instead of a total fall, round white patches of scalp become denuded, giv- ing the idea, most unjustly, of some disagreeable or degrading disease. This is one of the numerous family of the ringworms of the public, but, like many other popular notions, wholly incorrect. The gTouuds of the misnomer are simply these : a disease recog- nized under the name of ringworm produces a fall of the hair on the part affected, then comes the po- pular deduction, "ergo," every fall of the hair is oc- casioned by a ringworm. But in the patches of which I am now speaking, there has been no pre- vious perceptib^.e disease ; indeed, the disease is one, not of disorder of the skin, but of the nerres which Bupply the skin. In partial baldness of the scalp occurring in round patches, the skin is white, aj 2G8 ft izoooth as if polished, and obviously thinner than the Bun-ounding skin. This thinness of the scalp is Tery remarkable in the baldness of age, the skin is almost ti'ansparent, the seams of the bones may be distin- guished through it, and it appears to have scarcely any substance whatever. Partial baldness is en- titled to the designation "scall ;" but I think it bet- ter to abstain from the use of this word, as scalled head is the term usually employed to distinguish those cases of baldness of the scalp occurring in patches, resulting from watery or mattei-y pimples, or from another disease shortly to be described, the true ringworm. Partial baldness may occur in any one, and at any time, and more usually attacks adults than children. In the preceding paragrajjh, I have not particular- ly adverted to the loosening of the hair, which fre- quently occurs in young persons, or in those of the middle period of life, and which, if neglected, would become real baldness. Such a state as I am now describing is. not uncommon in women, and general- ly terminates, in its mildest form, in excessive loosen- ing of the hair. The case, however, is far from being the hopeless one which is generally imagined ; and, if proper treatment be pursued, the hair will grow afresh, and assume all its pristine strength. A Qsefol practice in men, and those of the opposite sex whose hair is short, is to immerse the head in cold water, morning and night, dry the hair thoroughly, mid then brush the scalp until a warm glow is pro* 869 duced. In women with long hair, this plan is ob> jectionable ; and a better one is to brush the scalf Until redness, [one writer says : "Some observe upon the friction or rubbing of the parts with coarse cloths, if redness does not succeed, the case is irremediable ^ and that the sooner this reduces does appear, the more hopeful and speedy the cure,] and a warm glow are produced, and then rub among the hair Bome stimulating oil or pomatum. This treatment should be practised once or twice a day, or at inter- vals of a few days, according to the state of the scalp : namely, if tender, less ; if insensible, more frequently. AYhen the baldness happens in patches, the skin should be well brushed with a soft tooth- brush, dipped in distilled vinegar, morring and evening, and the general plan of brushing, above referred to, followed. As a general rule, the head cannot be too much crushed, any more than the horse's coat cannot be too much groomed. The groom knows full well that by plenty of combing and brushing he can not only produce a fine coat, but add very considerably to the healthy condition of the animal. And so it is with man ; the more the head be brushed, the mora kealthy will be the skin, the more healthy its fano- tioQ, namely, the production and maintenance of hair, and, by a reflected power, the more healthy the individual. I find that hairdressers are divided on the subject of brushing, one party reconmiending ■oft brushes and small brushing ; the oti er har«l 270 JTUshes and abundant brushing. As usual, in aU these differeices, both are right as respects a par- ticulai' theoiy ; but the brushers have the best of the argument. A hairdresser in the vicinity of Bristol, "Vgland, has set the question forever at rest, by tho announcement of the following paradox : "You can not brush the head too much, nor the hair toe little." He is right ; you cannot brush the head too much ; but as, by clumsy brushing with hard brushes, you might overstretch or tear the hair, and so destroy ita beauty, be gentle in your surface brushing, for hei'e you cannot, in combination with the deep brushing, brush too little. The fact is, there are two purposes to be attained by brushing ; firstly, to give health to the skin of the head, and strength and vigor to the hair ; for which end you cannot brush too much, or use brushes too penetra*ting or too hard, such as will produce active friction of the skin ; secondly, to smooth the hair, or perhaps go to the length of freeing it from dust, for which object your brushes may be as soft as you please, and your hand as light as agreeable. So that, in truth, each, according to the purpose he has in view, may be perfectly right ; but, nevertheless, at perfect variance with his brother. I apprehend that it was nature's intention in giv- ing us hair as a partial clothing, that we should wear it as it grew ; but that circumstances soon arose which rendered it convenient, if not necessary, to cut it in various ways. Thus, hanging before th« 271 eyes and impeding the view, the front hair was cal short ofif across the forehead ; then other circum- stances following in course of time, made it at )&ai the fashion for the male sex to wear a short srop. Woman still enjoys the privilege of wearing her hair of the length that nature gave it, and so long as it retains its health, she has no need of the process of cutting. But the hair is apt to split at the ends, and such split ends require to be snipped off ; that is, such is the present practice, for among our fore- fathers some attempt seems to have been made to restore this "affect incident to the hairs"' by medical means ; with this view, "some authors have anoint- ed the ends of them with gall, and after, washed them with a decoction of the capillaries." Another need for cutting is created by the mode in which fashion ordains the wearing of the hair. Some of these modes are very destructive to the hair ; it be- comes uneven and ragged, and then the scissors are called into use to set them straight. These are the true circumstances which have given origin to, and serve to perpetuate the habit of cutting the hair in women. The operation is, in reality, one of trim' ming, of co-ordinating, not one either of advantage or necessity to the growth and maintenance oJ healthy bair. The case is altogether different where the hair is in an unhealthy condition, where much has fallen off, and where a partial an^ impoverishes! growth has risen up to represent tha* which is lost &itting in this case is Indispensable ; not, however 272 cutting the long nairs, but cutting the short and im poveriehed hairs, with the view of giving them bulk and strength, and improving their growth. In such a head as I am now describing, the short hau's offer every variety of thickness, color, and condition, and require the kind of cutting and trimming which a gardener would give to his roses ; here, one of weak growth must be cut short off near the surface, that its stem may receive more sap, and the plant may grow up stronger and thicker ; there, one requires lopping only at the summit ; while, every now and then, shrivelled plants require pruning in a particu- lar way, or even plucking up by the root. There would be enough for haircutters all to do, *'if the hair were cut as it should be ; but there would be an end of wig-making." AJi ! reader, there is philosophy in cutting hair. Many years back, was pointed out the principle of localtreatment of falling hair, weak hair, and baldness ; and it was showed that the principle was simply " excitation or stimulation of the skin." I do not mean that mere local stimulation will effect all that is required, without the aid of constitutional treatment, but so far as local treatment alone is con- cerned, the principle is stimulation ; the manner of effecting stimulation, may be, and is, multifarious. An old lady who practises the art of hair-producing in London, gets, as it is stated, her patients be- tw«en her knees, and then begins a system oi pcMxunelling, pinching, rubbing and shampooing tue 273 «kin of tbe head, until she stimulates every part of it effectually ; another dredges the head with a blister- ing powder, and a third uses fluid irritants. As far M the eni is concerned, the ladies all tend to the same goal ; they simply take different paths, and in iheir want of knowledge of the philosophy of medi- cine, each believes that her own is the only certain and right road. The same observations apply to nearly all the remedies and specifics for producing and restoring the hair ; the greater part of them are stimulants ; though some, it must be admitted, rest their claims upon more doubtful attributes. Alteration of texture of the hair is a phenomenon too frequently occurring to admit of question or dis- pute. Under the influence of this change, the hair is inelastic and brittle, and breaks aoi'oss in the ope- ration of combing and brushing. Ibis state obvious- ly depends upon a want of health in the skin, and a deficiency of the proper constituents of natural hair. A similar condition is sometimes seen in the short and stiff hair of the body, as in the whiskers, where, instead of breaking entirely, the hair bends at aa acute angle, and its texture is merely bruised. The bruises are detected in the shaft of the hair, by bein^ lighter in color than the rest of the shaft. Often- times there are five, six, or even more, bruised pointi upon a single hair of an inch or two inches in lengtlj, •nd when seen in the mass, the numerous white points suggest the idea of a scurfy or dusty condition #t the Imx. Uuder the bead of altered texture (^ 274 tbe hair^ must also be included the bent, twisted; dry, brittle, hemp-like hairs of comm)n ringworm, and the turgid and swollen hairs of the Polish plica. Altered direction of the hair may be discussed in • few words ; the only situation in which the hair ir known to give rise to inconvenience by irregularity an the direction of its growth, is upon the margin of fhe eyelids, where the lashes sometimes grow in- wards, and by pressing against the front of the eye- ball, occasion irritation, and even inflammation. When such a state as this occurs, the erring hair must be removed by means of a pair of fine tweezers, and the inflammation afterwards subdued by cooling and slightly astringent lotions. In the chapter upon the structure of the hair, we have narrated some instances of altered color, and given an explanation of the nature of that change. A more frequent change, however, is that in which the coloring pigment ceases to be produced, or in which a calcareous salt is substituted for the natural pigment. This state constitutes "blanching of th« hair." It must be a matter of common observation, that in those instances in which the pigment presents the deepest hue, blanching most frequently occurs, and grayness is most common ; while in persona with light hair and light complexion, blanching is comparatively rare. There can be no doubt that the production in this climate of a dark pigment ia ft greater exertion to the economy than one of a lighter kind \, and hence, when the power of the iwr 875 vous system is reduced, the formation of plgmen la one of the first actions which suffers. It is wisel* ordained thai it should be so, for color of the hair is one of the conditions of existence most easily Bpared, and it is one also that may well serve as • monitor of human decay. When grayness shows it- self in the hair, it is therefore an indication of the want of tone in the hair-producing organs ; and if this tone could be restored, the hair would cease to change, and, at tjie same time, further change would be prevented. The plan of cutting recommended previously, tends very much to prevent the exten- sion of grayness, and, combined with judicious plucking, may correct the disorder completely. In- deed, it would almost seem that, by proper manage- ment, not only might the color of the hair be pre- served for many years beyond the natural period of such a change, but also that the hair itself might be retained to the end of life. Seeing that cessation in the production of pigment is a consequence of deficient tone in the scalp, re- sulting from weakened energy in the nervous sys- tem, we have an explanation at once of blanching of the hair ensuing after fevers or constitutional dis- ease, or of the same state following intense anxiety or alarm. From such a moment, pigment is no longer elaborated, and all the hair produced, subse- quently to the shock, is white ; even that already formed is not fi-ee from the change. These considei* fttions lead us to another kind of remedy for blauchr 276 «d kair, ,#*ie whicli acts only on Ibe former ti u v and haS) no power either of reaching that whii v li implanted below the level of the skin or the ioot I allude to ''dyeing." I have heard of persons whr iave bean led to adopt this artifice under the sup position that the hair being once dyed will grow for ever afti.r of that color. If they had reflected in time that the dye acts only on the hair above the level of the surface, and that the hair continues to grow of the objectionable color, so as to require a weekly repetition of a disagreeable process, they would, I think, have hesitated before they had offer- ed themselves as willing slaves to a barbarous prac- tice Further, as regards the process of dyeing the hair, one wi'iter very sagely observes : "In the use of coloring, staining, and dyeing of the hairs, and indeed in all the other administrations about them, great care is to be had of the brain, lest, whilst we are busy about adorning those excremertitlous parts (as reckoned by some) of the body, we bring Bome inconvenience or detriment to the more noble residence of the soul, placed underneath." "The gray hairs of the ancients, w^hich give that vonerable aspect, and for which, if their deportment corretpond with their years, they ought by all sober persons to be had in honor ; these, I say, are not to be tamper- ed with, being the natural produce of the cold and phlegmatic juices the pores of those in this declining age are stuffed with, from which these parts are nourished and borrow their tincture : and svy if 277 whoever thinks thus to stave off old age, by coloring his white and hoary hairs, that he may seem young R^ain, only rendei-s himself a byword." — *'Yct, ii nntimcly or immature baldness comes on, remedies p.o doubt may be used ; or, if the hair turns gray in youth, there are some who propose by art to change them black ,' others, especially of the ancients, to Btrike the golden dye, or make the yellow locks, ia former ages held so lovely, and at this time highly esteemed in some countries, though despised by our people." There are two affections which, in their essential nature, are* diseases of the substance of the hairs ; one is among the most common of the disorders of the head in this^ country, namely, common ringworm ; the other is a native of Poland and Russia, namely, plica polonica. The relationship of these two dis- eases to each other has never been suspected hither- to, but the microscopical investigations prosecuted during the last few years render it more than prob- able that they are closely allied. In common ringworm, the first symptom that fixea attention to the head of the child is a teasing itching of th<» skin. When the head is examined, a patch will he perceived, which is slightly raised above the \eyc\ of the surrounding surface ; it is white, and, as it were, dusted over with a fine powdery scmrf. Moreover, the skin immediately around the hairs ia raised up into little pimples like those of the goose Bkit- All the hairs arising from the diseased patci 278 ■re affected m the same waj, and if the disordei bave been in existence for two or three weeks, the hairs will break off when gently pulled or ccmbef larks and partridges are russet or brown, like their nests or situation. A circumstance more to our point, and still mor« 297 •Htoaishing, is, that in countries covered with enow, many animals, such as bears, hares, and partridges, become white in winter, and are said to change their colour again in the warmer months. The cause of all this would seem to be almost beyond conjecture ; but Dr. Darwin was too indefatigable in such pur- suits to be easily defeated. He accordingly imag'mes that the colours are derived in some degree from the eye, which is influenced by the colours most constantly painted on it. The Choroid coat of the eye, he remaiks, is diflerent in animals. In those which feed on grass, it is green, because the grass ie the object most frequently looked at. When the ground, again, is covered, as it is in polar regions, for a long period with snow, this coat of the eye will be similarly affected, and in this way may in- fluence the colour of the skin. Thus, like the Cha- meleon, all animals may possess a tendency to be co- loured somewhat like the colours they most fre- quently inspect ; and, in the same way, colours may be given to the egg-shell by the imagination of the female parent. This effect will not be considered surprising, when it ie recollected that a single imag* 'nary idea may, in an instant, colour the whole sur ^ce of the body of a bright red, as in the blush of shame. This may be only conjecture ; but it is cer- tain there must be some efficient cause, since the Quiform production of the same colours, in the in- stances enumerated, shows that they cannot arisa from a fortuitous occurrence of circumstancei 298 As this theory of Dr. Darwm does appear to b« cry conjectural, we would rather be disposed to *onclude that the causes of the great varieties in co- lour are but little known ; but if we turn our at- tention to the animal and vegetable world around Q8, we shall observe it springing before us in a thousand different ways, and giving rise to an infi- nite diversity of the nicest and most elegant cuta- neous tapestry. It is indeed, as Di*. Good has re- marked, to the partial secretion or dis*^^ribution of this natural pigment that we are indebted for all the variegated and beautiful hues evinced by different kinds of plants and animals. It is this which givea the fine red or violet that tinges the nose and hind- quarters of some baboons, and the exquisite silver that whitens the belly of the dolphin and other ceta- ceous fishes. In the toes and tarsal membrane ol lavens and turkeys, it is frequently black ; in com- mon hens and peacocks, gray ; blue, in the titmouse •, green, in the water-hen ; yelloAV, in the eagle ; or- ange, in the stork ; and red, in the flamingo. It af- fords that sprightly intermixture of colours which besprinkle the skin of the frog and salamander. But it is for the gay and glittering scales ;f fishes, the splendid metallic shells of beetles, the gaudy ftTTe- spots that bedrop the wings of the bntterfly, and the infinitely diversified hues of the flower-garden, that Nature reserves the utmost force of this ever- varying pigment, and sports with it in her happiesi tj^'iocs. 299 eiOSS AND CURLING OF THE HAIR. The fine silky gloss of the hair depends on the in* ternal pulp of it being in a healthy and abundant Btate, and on the natui'al oil being freely produced and given out. When this is unhealthy, the oil is either too abundant, in which case its superfluity produces greasy hair ; or too scanty, in which case the hair is dry and harsh, or thin and lank. On being exposed to the heat, the hairs are but slightly contracted ; they twist in divers ways ; but this proceeds from quite a dififerent cause of con- traction in other organs. The moisture which the hair naturally contains is evaporated by heat, and the particles drawn nearer together : hence, when the hair is damped again by a fog, the bath, atmo- speric air, &c., it uncurls, and becomes lank. The greasy substances these organs are imbued with on dressing the hair, provides them with a coating im- permeable to water, maintains the head-di'ess, and prevents it from imbibing this fluid ; after it is washed the hair will sooner curl, as it has often been observed since it was the fashion to wear it short. This at fii'st sight seems a paradox : it is not so, however. In fact, by carefully rubbing the hair the unctuous fluid it was covered with is removed or it combines with the soap suds used for that pur- pose : by this means it easily penetrates the hair when the pores are left free ; and afterwards by ev- aporating, together with the fluid it ali'eady cou' tained, au effect that was prevented by the unctuou* 3U0 fribstaiice, * is drier, and therefore more disposed tt url. A further proof that it is the external sheath ol he hair that imbibes the humidity which it losea after being curled, and droops, is, that a detached portion of the scarf-sliin will also curl, on being twisted with curling-tongs, and is restored again to its natural state if it be immersed in water. The extensibility and contractibility of the tissue ape very obscure in hair ; it is its resisting quality that prevents fracture ; it hardly admits of extension. The gloss and polish of all bodies depends, aa must be obvious, on the smoothness and continuity of their surface. The naiis are consequently more po- lished and glossy than the skin, because they are more hard and compact, and also more smooth and uniform. The hair is in the same way more glossy than ihe skin, from being of a harder consistence ; but ao there are inequalities, as we have seen, these must be either filled up, or the gloss and polish will be vei-y much impaired. Think for a moment what causes the polish of a rose-wood or mahogany table, and you will see that the gloss of the hair must fol- low the same law. If you use varnish for the table, it fills up and smooths the most minute inequality of the surface. If you use oil, it does the same, provided a sufficient quantity be left unrubbed oft". Water will also produce a similar effect ; but as it dries up almost instantaneously, it cannot be used with advantage. 301 Id order, therefore, to preserve the hair glosay, a substance must be found that will not evaporat* readily, like water, and which will fill up all th« overlappings of the imbrications described above. If the hair, then, is diy, and without gloss or lustre, Eubstances of an oily quality must be selected to preserve it in a duf state of moisture ; and for thifl purpose a countless variety of oils and pomatums have been at different periods fashionable. Many of these are so equal in properties, as to render it a matter of indifference which of them is employed. Others contain ingredients which improve or de- teriorate their qualities. These every individual can best prove by trial, as every different sort of hah' will require different proportions to bring it to a gloss, and not overdo it, and make it look greasy. The greatest numbers of the hair oils are prepared by perfumers, from receipts, which are kept a secret, are vended under specious names, each trying to outvie and outsell the rest by the advertising praises lavished on the article. With these we have little tc do, and shall not even mention any of them indivi- dually. All of the articles so advertised, however, it may be remarked, are very expensive ; and thos< who have tried them will agree with us, that their q'l^lities are most extravagantly overrated, and the promis?(;fi held out are seldom fulfilled.. Instead of spending our time and space upon these advertised articles, wo shall give here a few receipts for hair oils, which will be found more than a half cheaper^ find no less efiScient. 302 HULLE ANTIQUE A L OitAXGE. With one pound of oil of behn, mix three ouo^ei of essential oil of orange, and put it into small bot- tles, well corked, with wax over them, to preserve it from the air, and prevent the perfume of the or ange oil from evaporating. In the same manner you may make Huiles An- tiques au Citron, a la Bergamotte, au Cedrat, an Gi- rofle, au Thym, a la Lavande, au Rosmarin, «fec Take care, as a general rule, to proportion the quantity of the perfumed essence which you employ, to its strength. HUILE ANTIQUE A LA ROSE. Procure a tin or white -iron box, about a foot square, opening by a grating on one side, and di- vided in the middle by a portion of white iron, drilled full of small holes close to each other. Fold In four a cotton towel, soak it in oil of behn, and place ii on the grating so as exactly to fit the box. Upon this cloth place your rose leaves, fresh gather- ed ; leave them for about twenty-four hours, and then replace them with fresh rose leaves. The cloth may then be removed, and the oil, now charged with the perfume, carefully expressed. This may 3>e mixed with fresh oil of behn, and bottled for use. In ihe same manner you may make Huiles An- tiques, & la ileur d'Orange, a la Yiolette, a la Jon- qui He, Ofn Jasmin^ &c., and by means of varloua mixtures, a I'Heliotrope, aux Mille Fleurs, au Pot poorrl, &c. 303 T MACASSAR Cr- Take a pound of olive oil, coloured with alkanei rtot, and add to it one drachm of the oil of origan- um. It may be remarked that olive oil is an exceV lent basis for hair oil, and it is also the most econo- mical ; for a thin, stale, olive oil, will do equally WT'^U 'is a superior oil, because the powerful odour of the perfume takes off or destroys any disagreeable smell peculiar to stale and thin olive oil. \VTien f ou have mixed your perfume with it, you must shake the bottle in which it is contained, twice a day, for at least one week. Another way of giving the hair a beautiful gloss, ts, by means of soap, which, in the case of hair tha^'; 18 apt to be greasy, is better than any sort of oil, aa it moistens without matting it, as oil in those cjisea usually does ; that is, if it is not put on in too great quantity. WASHING THE HAIR. When the hair becomes greasy and dirty, it ought to he washed with warm (not too warm) soft water and soap ; an operation which is very requisite when pomatums and hair oils are much used, as they are apt to combine with the scales which are always coming off from the skin, and form a thick crust very detrimental to the gloss and beauty of the hair. Some authors, however, strongly disapprove of washing the hair at all, and muster up, we know not how many, evil consequences as likely to fellow the practice. One would imagine, from the toae oi 304 •ome of these philippics, that all the disorders inci« dent to the head were more or less caused by wash- ing the hair. Af. Arago, in his late voyage round the world, re- marks that the South Sea Islanders, who have fine long hair with a silky gloss, promote its beauty by frequently washing it. We may also add, in favour of the practice of washing the hair, the testimony of the author of the "Hygiene des Dames," who re- commends this every time that a bath is taken. ''My Ladles," says he, "will, perhaps, make the (ength of their hair an objection. I answer, that as the most beautiful hair is the most difficult to keep tlean, it is precisely this sort which requires to be washed often and carefully, and the bath is the most convenient means of doing this. Besides, the finest gloss is imparted by water, provided the hair be quickly dried and immediately combed and brushed, in summer in the sun, and before the fire in winter. As to the inconveniences which might be suppose^ to result from leaving the head to dry, it is far from being improbable that the frequent megrim com- plained of by women, may be traced to a deficiency of moisture in the hair, wUch prevents the comb or the brush from completely detaching the scales that f jrm there and shut up the pores of the skin througli which the perspiration ought to pass." CURLING OP THE HAIR. If you hold a piece of paper near the fire, you wiV •ee it bend and cui'l up as soon as it is brought uj> 305 Act the influence of the heat. "Why, it may oe as;k« rd, does this happen ? Because the moistm*e coa tained in the side nearest th>^ %fc '«! evaporated and passes off, leaving the parts desbirute Ot "upport, and they will hence mutually approach licare?* )o each other, than when they were previously sepax-ated by the presence of moisture. That this is the true ex planation, you may satisfy yourself by feeling the paper which has been heated, and you will always find it more compact, hard, and "dry," than before it was exposed to the heat. In a word, it has lost moisture, though no moisture may have been pre- viously perceptible in it. In the very same way do the curling irons act on the hair, abstracting more moisture from one iside of it than from the other, and consequently causing it to bend, as we have seen in the instance of the pa. per. Or, independent of moisture, if the hair be weakened on one side and strengthened on another, it will certainly bend and curl ; and thig inequality of strength is the usual tcause of the natural curling of the hair. The stronger hair is, the more easy it is to H brought into curl, and the longer also it will remaia curled ; because when it is weak and lank, it ap> pears to be more elastic than when it is strongei Hair also which is weak and dry at the same time, which frequently happens to be the case, as well as hair which has a tendency to be greasy, will no< •ake nor keep curling well 306 CURLING FLUIDS. The liquids which are sold for the professed pur pos« of assisting in the curling of the hair, are chief* y oompostd of either oily or alkaline substances ; »nd perhaps you will find that the essence of soap^ for which we have given the receipt above, is as good as ai\y other. Any combination of potash or hartshorn with some of the aromatic oils, will answer every purpose of the most expensive curling fluid. Oils, if not put on too copiously, for this will destroy the effect intended, are the best preparations for keeping in the curls during moist or damp weather, or in ball-rooms or theatres, whore they are exposed to moisture from perspiration and from the breath ; because oil, when spread over the hair prevents it fi'om imbibing moisture, which will infal libly cause it to lose curl. CCRIJXG IROXS. The employment of hot irons to aid in curling the hair, is said to be very injurious to its growth, and Madame Voiart says, she has seen the finest hair be- come thin and fall off from this destructive practice "Whether it hinders the young hairs from growing,' she continues, "or dwarfs the roots of the larger hairs, it is certain that nothing has a more speedy effect in thinning them." "We cannot, however, see tha* the irons can have any effec*^ beyond the part of tbe hair which they touch ; and if care be taken tha* they are not applied too hot, so as actually to ifvr oy the hair, we see n<> material objection tt 307 ihiiir occisictial use. Their daily application, m 9(Mifess, notwithstandiug the greatest care, will in u ehort time prove injurious ; but the evil can onljf extend to the hair, which may be destroyed, ana cannot in any way prevent its future growth. PAPILLOTTES. Madame Voiart is extremely hostile to the use of this most common means of curling the hair, as the imprisonmeat of the hair in papers is hurtful, she thinks, to the proper vegetation of the ringlets, which ought to decorate the forehead and temples. Nothjig besi&s k so unseemly as the head of ■ f oung lady hedge-hogged — herisse-^i — (we must coin a word) over with papillottes. The greater number, however, of those to whom nature has given fine silky hair are condemned, particularly on gala days, to wear this ridiculous coronal a great part of the day. When these papers shackles, which take away half the natural ornament, are of a tint harmonizing with the shade of the hair, it is a little less ungrace- fal ; but paper of this kind is not always at hand j and, even if it were, what disagreeable marks papil- lottes always leave on the forehead by the pressure of the ''fichu de nuit." NATURAL GROWTH OF THE HAIR. The luxuiiance or thinness of the hair must, when Ihei-e is no disease, depend on the supply of the mar 308 ttiUls VTx ich compose it, and the capabilUy of tht agruts destined for their appropriation. It is plaiu also, from what was amply stated under the head ol Anatomy of the Hair, that though many bulbs exist below the skin, which never shoot out any hairs, yet in some iudividaals. owing to peculiarity of constitu. tioa, or hereditary aliections, these roots may be oc- jasionally less numerous or less productive. In the jase of deliciency in the number of roots, it is ob- vious that art can do nothing ; and any pretensions or promises to make the hair thicker, when this is the cause, can only be made by designing and fraud- ulent empirics. It is in the power of art, however, to do much for developing and promoting the growth of these bulbs, and the hairs produced from them. Where we speak of baldness and its causes, we enter fully into all the methods of increasing the thickness of the hair by means of what may either stimulate •r relax. IXJUmOUS METUODS OF DRESSING THE HAIR. Whatever deprives the hair of its free and natural flow, and of its natural moisture, must have a tend- ency to check its growth, and render it thin and ehort. Whatever also may draw or twist it from its natural direction, will also prove injurious. For these reasons we think we are fully justified, on the clearest principles, to say, that the usual methods of curling the hair, of twisting it or plaiting it, an also of loading it with '.',1 ^v^.vder, are all extreme \j iiyorious to its nat^^i-'l rowtb. EFFdCTS OF CUKIJNG, TWISTIXfi^ AAD PLAIT iSO TFI HAIR. The bairs, on emerging from the skin, assume such A direction, that those on the anterior part of th« head, almost without variation, pass obliquely for- ward, and tend to drop over the forehead ; those of the middle, and to some extent of the posterior part, follow a perpendicular direction ; and, finally, those of the remainder of the posterior and inferior part; cross obliquely, so as to produce a natural fall along the posterior part of the neck. The same remark applies to the side of the head, in which, as much from directiou as from its weight, they fall over and cover the ear. When a hiir is drawn out according- ly, no pain is felt except that which proceeds from the skin, which it crosses ; hence, by drawing a hair in a direction opposite to its natural one, pain ia more severe than by drawing: it in the direction of the pores. It is not pretended to be denied that tho extension by which the roots of the hairs are fixed to the adjacent parts, may not be also partly the cause of this pain ; but to the etfecta of this we re- quest attention. We have seen, by Mr. Chevalier's descAiption, thai the hairs pass outwards in a very oblique direction ; of course it follows, that if violently pulled out of this direction, the current of the fluid which rises in their tubes, and on which their fine color aM ixlos depend, will be obstructed or prevented. Nav-, ^hi h what we complain of in the case of curliajr f^i* 3l0 cnlariy ,vhen papillotes are usca, and still more when the hair is twisted, as it often is, into a hard fenot or bow on the top of the head, or plaited in a fanciful manner, or even when parted and bound with a ribbon or fillet. V/'e do not mean, by these remarks, to say that the hair ought never to be so dressed. We have no wish to oppose our authority to that of taste or fashion ; but we feel it to be our duty to mention the probable cfiects, that, when any thinning of the hair is observed to occur, it may -be the better accounted for, and its progress checked Where it is not drawn tight from the skin, but left rathe? loose and easy, no injury can follow : it is only when it is prevented from allowing a free cur- rent to the juices which nourish it, that we can blame the modes of dressing under review. ADVANTAGEOUS MODES OF DRESSING THE HAIR. Having thus shown the principles which influence the growth of the hair, and the injurious methods that are frequently employed for the purposes ol dress or decoration, we must next advert, as parti cularly as our space will allow, to the modes of dressing which are favorable to its growth, and which tend to promote its luxuriance. As in the former case, we shall limit our observations to a few of the more common and simple operations on the hair, such as combing, brushing, and cutting. EFFECTS OF COMBING AND BRUSHING THE HAIB. You will at once perceive the utility of combing and brushing the hair, if you reflect for a momeu< 311 on its structure j for, as curling or twisting it pr^ vents the nourishing fluids fi-om getting a free pass* age fi"om the bulb through the tube, so must every operation which makes the hair straight promoto this passage. Unless, therefore, the hair is frequent- ly combed or brushed, its growth, particularly if it is long, will be much retarded. When the hair ia very long, and twisted up into a hard knot on the top of the head, as it is frequently the fashion to wear it, the current of the fluids aKmg the tubes must be obstructed ; and the obvious remedy for this, as it cannot, in opp )sition to fashion, be given up, is frequent combing and brushing it out in its whole length. Not only, indeed, is the fluid ob- structed in its ascent from the bulb, by the twisting or curling, but, in consequence of its imbricated structure, it is apt to get entangled and matted, so as very much to increase this injurious effect, and frequent combing becomes indispensible. A little of any of the oils already recommended, used at the time of combing and l)rushing, will generally be useful. The practice of dipi)ing the comb in water in which a few drops of Eau de Cologne have been put, is very beneficial, particularly if care be taken not to moisten the roots of the hair, as this has beea found not to agree with certain individuals. The hair must be brushed, with a rather hard larush, dipped by the surface only in a mixture cH water and some mild spirit, such es Eau de Portu 312 gral or Cologue. It is to be afterwards combed with ft comb rather fine, but not so fine as to injure tht gkin of the head. The brush, again dipped in th« Eau de Cologne, is to be used, if the hair be natural- ly greasy ; but if dry, then some pommade will b« preferable. EFFECTS OP CUTTING THE UAIR. It must be obvious, from what we have already Bald, that if the hair is kept short, the fluid will not be so liable to be prevented from rising in the tubes, as in long hair, which cannot well be kept alwayt straight. Fine flowing tresses, though, are the most attractive ornament of female beauty, and we cannot too strongly deprecate any fashion which would proscribe them. The hair of children should be kept short till after eight or nine years old ; as the cooler the head can be kept, Cie less danger there is of many mala- ladies belonging to that part, especially water on the brain. When the production of the four double teeth is attended with much inflammation, (as some- times happens,) it is not improbable that this may occasion the developement of that fatal disease ; and whatever diminishes the heat of the head is likely to be advantageous. Besides, there is reason to sup- pose that children w^ho have a great quantity ol hairs are those most liable to eruptions on the head, and certainly in them these eruptions are the most difiBcult to cure. The trouble, also, of keeping long aair Buflficlently clean, and the length of time neces 313 Bary for this purpose, is often a cause of mucn iU humour, and many cross words, which would be bet ter avoided, between children and their attendants Mothers, whose vanity may be alarmed, lest con fttautly cutting the hair for so many years should make that of their daughters coarse, may be assured they have no cause for this apprehension, if the hair be kept constantly brushed. 1 have never seen soft- er, finer hair, than on girls who have had it short (like that of school-boys) until they were in their tenth year. When there is any inclination to "break out" in the head, fine combs are very likely to pro- mote it ; and there is no doubt that the heads ol children, which are never touched by them, are much cleaner ^han those which are scratched and scraped every day. If any dirt appear on a child's head, which a brush will not take away, that parti- cular part should be rubbed with a towel, and soap and water 5 but in general the brush will be found quite sufficient to keep it perfectly clean. The more the head is combed, the more it will require *io be combed, as one will find it who tries the experiment. It must be allowed, however, that there are many exceptions to this as to every other rule. It is an imprudent act of cleanliness to remove all at once the scurf which sometimes gathers on tht head, and even spreads over the foreheads of young infants ; and this is, probably, one of the reasons why we often see the children of persons in easy cii- «umstances tormented just after their birth with that troublesome stuflQng m the head, whicii is, in some places, vulgarly called the snuffles. When the in- fant is somewhat inured to the external air, at two mouths old or later, (according to the season of the year,; whatever scurf adheres so firmly to the head fts not to come otf in washing, may be safely and ef- fectually removed,' by rubbing a little butter on a small part of the head one day, and cleaning it with a box comb the next, before it is washed ; then a little more butter should be rubbed on another part of the head, which should be cleansed in the same manner the day after ; and in thus removing the scurf by degrees, the head becomes clean in a very short time, without any danger of cold. In many places, the lower class have a prejudice against re- moving the scurf from children's heads at all, wait- ing till it comes off of itself; but this is also an er- ror, and leads to many of the lad consequences of dirt, as they neglect to wash the head, which should be done every day, as long as the scurf is suffered to remain. When the head is once perfectly clean, thj Dest means of preserving it in that state is by a brush, which should be changed from time to time for one harder. The seldomer a tine comb is applied to the head of an infant the better ; and on no ac- count should those of ivory, tortoise-shell, or bone, be ever used ; for, even when they do not wound the skin and produce a sore, (as frequently happens,) they are very likely to augment the production oif that substance they are intended to remove. 315 In some rare cases, cutting the hair has very sin- gular effects upon the head. In certain individuali it does harm, in others it is advantageous. When the hair is profuse and thick, thinning it or cutting it short, has been known to cure obstinate head' aches ; and, strange to say, the same tliiug has been etrongly suspected to be one cause of head-aches. DECAY OF THE HAIR. The hair, as we have seen, is composed of a root and a hollow joint stem, into which a colouring oil rises. From these facts we can deduce a very ratio- nal account of the causes of grey hair ; and it is a medical maxim, to which there are few exceptions, that a disease seldom can be cured without knowing its cause. If, therefore, we can give you a satis- factory account of the causes of grey hairs and bald- ness, we put you in half possession of their remedies, even though we go no farther, or, at the very least, ehow why no remedy need be tried. CAUSES OF GREY HAIR. It is supposed by Dr. Darwin and others, that the bright white reflected from the winter snow, is the cause of tlie animals in the high northern latitudes, becoming vrhite in winter. His opinion on the sub- ject seems to have been derived from the chameleon,- which is said to take the color of every thing at wliftJi it looks. If it looks on a grass field, it becomes greer^ 316 if at the sky, it becomes blue ; if it look at sno^w, it becomes white. He maintained accordingly, that it was the action of the white snow upon their ey the common popular opinion that all the bread adul- terations are made by the bakers ; and when bread is made at home, all suspicions of fraudulent mixture are lulled. The truth is, however, that the millor im much oftener culpable of such frauds than the baker : and therefore, even home-made bread is not safe unless you are certain what sort of flour you employ. Lime is also much employed in the refining of wines, the manufacture of sugar and other articles of diet, and it is scarcely possible that no portion of it should remain in the goods when brought to market. REMEDIES FOR GREY HAIR. We are not aware that it has ever been attempted to cure grey hair, by restoring the functions of th« skin to youthful freshness and pliancy ; though, from what we have already stated, it would appeal that such a cure may be within the limits of poeei* billity. But it can only be tried under skilful med- ical direction, and few perhaps would willingly sub' Muci themselves to any regimen that might be point ^21 ed out for the mere purpose of giving their hair a more youthful shade of colour, as this can be more expeditiously done by some of the advertised haii dyes. It is worthy of remark, however, that by the regimen to which we allude, not only the hair would be benefited, but the whole body would, in some de- gree, experience renovation and improvement. It would lead us too far from our subject, and take up too much room, to detail this plan bo as to make it practically useful. CAUSES OF BALDNESS. The more remote causes of baldness are as nume> rous as those which influence bodily health, and tend to accelerate the advance of old age 5 but the more immediate causes, or rather the consequences of the remote causes, may be reduced to three, which w« Bhall now consider in their order. 1. — CONTRACTION OF THE SKIN. Since the superabundance of lime in the body if one main cause of grey hair, as we have just seen, of which the reader may convince himself by ob- serving the early grey hair of people who live in a limestone or chalk district, or where the water ia peculiarly hard, so is the constriction of the porea of the skin one of the chief causes of baldness. What the surgeons call "cutis anserina," which means ^goose ^in,^ from its vesembling the skin q/ p S22 lucked goose, may be prodaced, as we have seen above, by cold, by giief, by fear, or by fever ; and in this way the hairs may be partially strangled, preventing the rise of their colonring matter and of course turning them grey ; or they may be cut off or snapt short on their exit from the skin, and the roots only left behind, but wholly confined and kept out of view below the skin, the consequence of which will be baldness. As, from various causes, the skin strangles or destroys the hair, the remedies which can remove this state of the skin will be the most likely to succeed in efifecting a cure. 2. — RELAXATION OF THE SKJN. We have just said that one of the chief causes of baldness is the contraction of the pores of the skin which cuts off or snaps short the hairs at their exit, and leaves only the roots behind, but wholly con- fined and kept out of vicAV below the skin. It will also be necessary to remind you of the fact, that the hairs do not rise perpendicularly from their roots, but pass very obliquely, and at an acute angle, through the two outer coats of the skin, serving to bind these down to the inner coat, as if Nature had used the hairs for sewing thread, and hence the difla> culty of pulling them out. On these facts, taken in conjunction with the structure of the roots of th« hair, we have already shown how baldness may wise from causes which produce an unnatural cod- traction of the skin ; and we now^ take up the coi> f drse of the position. 323 . . People are often neard to compiain of their hail not falling oflf— but " coming out " in great quan- Uties whenever it has been combed or brushed. By observing them narrowly or inquiring farther, it will be found that the complainants are of a weak or re- laxed constitution, affected with indigestion, con- sumptive, nervous, or bilious ; or that they have been weakened by intemperance or long illness. It frequently, for example, occurs among women who have had a tedious confinement in child-bed, or to robust men who have been long confined with fract- ured bones or other injuries. It is still more com- mon in the weakness remaining after a severe fever, for the whole hair to fall off, or come out ; and even in women, with whom baldness, if not altogether unknown, is rare, this temporary loss of the hair is common. The cause ^n all those cases is very clear, though we are not aware that it has hitherto been mention- ed in books. The skin, being under the influence of the whole system, is weakened in consequence of the general disorder, and, instead of maintaining its natural healthy tone and firmness, becomes relaxed and loose. The pores also become enlarged, and perspiration much more abundant ; for it is almost a uniform circumstance, that those whose hair ia coming out, or has come out from relaxation are prone to sweat on the least exertion or exposnr* to beat. The skin, accordinal^, havin? become relfcTw^ 824 from the causes we have just mentioned, the firm in- terlacement of the hairs with it is partly destroyed, «nd they have consequently little to hold them ex* cept their own roots. Now, by pulling out a haii with tbe root, and examining it, you will at once 8ee that the root can have extremely little power of retaining i% as the root is soft and pulpy, and, be- sides, it is naturally fixed in the softer portion of the skin, or, as some anatomists say, in the fat immedia- tely underneath it. The firmness and tone of the outer skin being therefore relaxed, and the hairf owing their chief stability to this, it is not wonder- ful that they should be loosened and come out. From these plain principles, it will at once ap- pear, that, as remedies for baldness or thin hair, arising from debility and relaxation, nothing can be more improper than the hair oil usually applied, a? oil of any kind cannot fail to increase the relaxation of the skin. We wonder, indeed, how the proprie- tors of the expensive nostrums, puffed off with tMs view, have so long been able to gull the public with 80 barefaced a hoax, as a few trfals must demonstate the truth of what we have now said. If the patient, then, is prone to perspire, particularly on the head ; if there be general weakness, indigestion, nervous or bilious ailments, or other symptoms of infirm health and shattered constitution, avoid, we advise you most earnestly, all oils and greasy applicationst however much lauded and puffed by those who ar« interested in their sale. WB5 ' » 3. — DECAY OP THE ROOT OK BULB8. Towards the decline of life, the hair feels the inflit. ence of the general obliteration that occurs in al most all the exterior vessels. It first ceases to be supplied with colouring matter ; the internal pulp dies, the external part only remains, and the hair of the head turns gray or white ; that of the beard and other parts follows. This decay, however, admits of innumerable varieties, according to the freshness or falling off in individual constitutions. In some men it is observable at the age of thirty, and in rare cases even ten years earlier ; in others at forty, fifty, or sixty. A multiplicity of causes, originating from the passions and affections ofthe mind, diseases, food, &c., will produce this premature old age of the system, indicated by decay of the hair. At an uncertain period, after the hair has become white, it falls off ; then the small bag, which con- tained the root, is obliterated by degrees, and finally disappears. I have examined, says M. Bichat, seve- ral bald heads minutely after death. The skin of the scalp was remarkably smooth on the internal surface, although it had been cleared of all fat an& cellular substance ; not one of the numerous pro- longations formed by the ducts can possibly be traced, after the hair they contained has been re- moved. I have also, continues M. Bichat, dissected a subject who had become completely bald in con- sequence of a putrid fever. In this subject, all the balbs were left perfectly unimpaired ; aed in the 326 Dottom of the bulbs, even the rudiments of new halt were already observable. There is a difference therefore between the fall of the hair in old age, and that proceeding from difease. In the former d^e every thing dies, because the vessels which pro- duce the root cease to supply it with fliids ; whilst in the latter case, the hair only falls, and the bulb or root remains healthy. The different changes which the hair, the skin, and all the exterior organs of the body undergo by age, proceed entirely from the laws that overrule nourishment, and not from the action of exterior bodies upon these organs. This forms an important distinction between organic bodies and those that are inorganic. The latter have two different ways »3f wasting, by the contact of exterior things : one mechanical, by rubbing, tearing, &c. ; and another chemical, by combining with substances, such, for instance, as air, the divers principles of which admit of being combined in a thousand different ways, whence both its nature, and that of the different forms it comes in contact with, are changed. All inorganic bodies grow old, in this sense of the word. After a certain time they lose their former appear- ance. Let us only observe our public building.s stuffs of every descriptiou, paintings, engraving?, grounds, metals, stones, «fcc., every thing, in short, which in the arts, manufactures, commerce, sciences, aud necessaries of life, are composed of inert sub- •tances, whether these substances have never been 327 animated, or, having enjoyed lue, cou^a not exist without it, as the solid parts of the vegetable ere* ation, the bones, horns, as well as the hair of ani' mals, &c. ; every thing in natiu'e, iji short, miist ultimately bear the marks of the rude hand of time. Eveiy thing grows superannuated — is stripped of its original lively appearance. Every thing out- wardly decays as well as inert organized bodies ; but, 9.S the surrounding forms only have acted in respect to the former, the inward part has still re- tained its youth, when the interior is already old, if wo may ^je allowed such expressions. Thus, we find that the massy rock, the exterior of which, blacken- ed by tim